Appendix A - System Parameters: Difference between revisions
m Fixed introduction spacing and lack of bold |
No edit summary |
||
| (22 intermediate revisions by one other user not shown) | |||
| Line 1: | Line 1: | ||
<div>The following system parameter groups are listed as they appear on the Edit Parameters (EP) menu. See | <div><p>The following system parameter groups are listed as they appear on the Edit Parameters (EP) menu. See [[APU-102 User Interface]], for information on using the EP command on the Supervisory Menu.</p> | ||
= | <p>'''These parameters are for reference only and are not intended to be a comprehensive listing as the APU software is constantly evolving. Through periodic reviews and updates, we endeavor to keep it as current as possible. For parameters not found in this text, refer to the on-board help within the EP application (<CRTL>-U) or to the revision text file “VERSION.TXT” on the APU. Parameters from this text but not on your APU are not available to the current version of software in the APU. '''</p> | ||
== | |||
= Session-Specific Parameters = | |||
{| style=" | == Session1.SiteInformation == | ||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 1285px;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>Session1.SiteInformation</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>Parameter</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 834.484px;" |<p>Description</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 195.812px;" |<p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>.SalutationMessage</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 834.484px;" |<p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Session name displayed on login screen. If blank, session is not activated.</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 195.812px;" |<p>Up to 39 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>.SiteName</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 834.484px;" |<p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Site name.</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 195.812px;" |<p>Up to 21 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: “UNKNOWN”</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>.USIDOwnerID</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 834.484px;" |<p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Railroad identifier. Typically contains railroad’s AAR accounting code.</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 195.812px;" |<p>Up to 5 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>.USIDUnitNum</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 834.484px;" |<p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number that uniquely identifies the unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 195.812px;" |<p>Up to 7 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>.SPLC</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 834.484px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Standard point location code (used in the TCS format report).</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 195.812px;" |<p>Up to 10 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>.StationNumber</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 834.484px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Site station number.</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 195.812px;" |<p>Up to 10 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>.ReaderNumber</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 834.484px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Reader number of site (used in COMPASS and CR160 reports).</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 195.812px;" |<p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>.Milepost</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 834.484px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Milepost location along the track (in tenths). 21.4 would be entered as 214.</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 195.812px;" |<p>Up to 10 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>.CIRC7</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 834.484px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Parameter used to describe the site (used by TCS format report only).</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 195.812px;" |<p>Up to 7 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 000000</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>.RailroadInitials</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 834.484px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Initial of railroad session supports.</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 195.812px;" |<p>Up to 5 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>.TrackDesignation</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 834.484px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Track description for the unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 195.812px;" |<p>Up to 7 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: MAIN</p> | |||
|- style="height: 328px;" | |||
| style="height: 328px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>.TrackOrientation</p> | |||
| style="height: 328px; width: 834.484px;" |<p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Defines the direction of travel of a train past the site. The first character represents the direction a leftward train would be moving, the second character is a “-”, the third character represents the train direction as it moves rightward. All directions are based on standing on the antenna ‘0’ side of the track, facing the track. '''Generally, railroad direction is used which may not be the same as cardinal direction.'''</p> | |||
| style="height: 328px; width: 195.812px;" |<p>Up to 3 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>E-W - Leftward train moves East; Rightward train moves West.</p> | |||
<p>W-E - Leftward train moves West; Rightward train moves East (Default)</p> | |||
<p>N-S - Leftward train moves North; Rightward train moves South</p> | |||
<p>S-N - Leftward train moves South; Rightward train moves North.</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>.TrackDirection</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 834.484px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Default direction of the track. Recommend not changing but use TrackOrientation.</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 195.812px;" |<p>Up to 3 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: L-R</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>.SiteType</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 834.484px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Site identifier used in COMPASS report.</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 195.812px;" |<p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 80px;" | |||
| style="height: 80px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>.PrimaryPhoneNumber</p> | |||
| style="height: 80px; width: 834.484px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Main phone number of the site. (Number you would dial to reach site).</p> | |||
| style="height: 80px; width: 195.812px;" |<p>Up to 14 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>User-defined primary site number</p> | |||
|- style="height: 80px;" | |||
| style="height: 80px; width: 165.703px;" |<p>.SecondaryPhoneNumber</p> | |||
| style="height: 80px; width: 834.484px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Secondary phone number of the site (assuming two phone lines are available to the APU at the site).</p> | |||
| style="height: 80px; width: 195.812px;" |<p>Up to 14 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>User-defined second site number (if applicable).</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
== Session1.AEIReportOpts == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
|<p>Session1.AEIReportOpts</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>Parameter</p> | |||
|<p>Description</p> | |||
|<p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.HostReportingOption</p> | |||
|<p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Describes the active state of the AEI consist reporter. Normally, this parameter is automatically set by the HR command.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 2 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - OFF (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 - ON (all). All trains passing site will be reported.</p> | |||
<p>2 - ON (new). Only new trains passing site will be reported.</p> | |||
<p>3 - ON (age threshold).</p> | |||
<p>Trains that are less than “TrainAgeThreshold” hours old are reported.</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.DirectionReport</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Determines which train movement directions get transmitted to the host.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 1 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>B - Report both directions set up in .TrackOrientation parameter. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>E - Report only eastbound train movement.</p> | |||
<p>W - Report only westbound train movement.</p> | |||
<p>N - Report only northbound train movement.</p> | |||
<p>S - Report only southbound train movement.</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.TrainAgeThreshold</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Defines the maximum length of time a train remains available for transmission to the host. Required if HostReportingOption is set to 3</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - 9 hours</p> | |||
<p>'''Default:''' 6 hours</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.MinimumAxleCount</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Minimum number of axles a train must have to be reported to host.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 4</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.MinimumCarCount</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Minimum number of cars a train must have to be reported to host.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.ConfLevel</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Default confidence for generating consist type reports.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|<p>Up to 2 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Confidence Levels</p> | |||
<p>0 - Tags are not reported.</p> | |||
<p>1 - Tags reported only if both left and right tags were read.</p> | |||
<p>2 - Single tags reported if consistent with car information.</p> | |||
<p>3 All tags reported. (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.DTAConfLevel</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Double Track Active. Confidence level when both tracks active at a double track site.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 2 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Confidence Levels</p> | |||
<p>0 - Tags are not reported.</p> | |||
<p>1 - Tags reported only if both left and right tags were read.</p> | |||
<p>2 - Single tags reported if consistent with car information. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>3 All tags reported.</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.ITCFConfLevel</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>InterTrack Communications Failure. Confidence level when InterTrack Communications fail.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 2 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Confidence Levels</p> | |||
<p>0 - Tags are not reported.</p> | |||
<p>1 - Tags reported only if both left and right tags were read. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>2 - Single tags reported if consistent with car information.</p> | |||
<p>3 - All tags reported.</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.ReportReverseExits</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Determines if trains that reverse out of the site get reported to the host. This parameter takes effect only if owner session has this parameter active.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 2 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - Do not report reverse exits. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 - Report reverse exit moves (partial trains).</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.ReportSimulations</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Determines if software simulated trains are reported to the host.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 2 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - Do not report simulated trains.</p> | |||
<p>1 - Report simulated trains. T94 report will indicate to the host that train is a normal train. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>2 - Report simulated trains. T94 report will indicate to the host that train is simulated.</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.RouteInhibitString</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Specify routes from which trains will not be reported. Each inhibited route is specified as a single character direction (NSEW) followed by a single digit route (0-9).</p> | |||
<p>Example: S1N2 - Southbound trains from route 1 and Northbound trains from route 2 will '''not''' be reported.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 65 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Single character direction:</p> | |||
<p>N – North</p> | |||
<p>S – South</p> | |||
<p>E – East</p> | |||
<p>W – West</p> | |||
<p>- PLUS -</p> | |||
<p>Single digit route number:</p> | |||
<p>0-9</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.TransactionLogger</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Enables/Disables the consist transaction log (viewable with TLC command). This log lists the communication events to the consist host. Log is maintained relative to the train logging sequence when communications occur (from end of previous train recorded to end of current train).</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 2 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - Do not generate reports. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 - Enabled. Saves consist communication events for the TLC report.</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.NoReportTimeout</p> | |||
|<p>Not implemented at present.</p> | |||
|<p>Not applicable.</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.ReportAssociatedOnly</p> | |||
|<p>Distributed AEI</p> | |||
|<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.ReportAssociatedOnly TimeOut</p> | |||
|<p>Distributed AEI</p> | |||
|<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.ReportOverspeedErrors</p> | |||
|<p>Distributed AEI</p> | |||
|<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.ReportingOrder</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Specify reporting order.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|<p>Up to 1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - sets reporting order to newest first (default).</p> | |||
<p>1 - sets reporting order to oldest first.</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Session1.AEIReportConnect == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
|<p>Session1.AEIReportConnect</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>Parameter</p> | |||
|<p>Description</p> | |||
|<p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.PortFile</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Port filename. Indicates on which APU-102 port the AEI consist reports should be sent out.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>$REMPORT.DAT (Default)</p> | |||
<p>$REMPORT.DAT (modem) communications port</p> | |||
<p>$LOCPORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Local communications port</p> | |||
<p>AVI1PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #1</p> | |||
<p>AVI2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #2</p> | |||
<p>AUX1PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #1</p> | |||
<p>AUX2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #2</p> | |||
<p>NETMODEM</p> | |||
<p>Connect via network to another APU to use its modem</p> | |||
<p>ETHERNET</p> | |||
<p>Connection via LAN or WAN to host</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.PrimaryLinkCommand</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Required if PortFile is identified and using a dial-up modem or non-FTP ETHERNET. Primary command string to connect to host. The Hayes dial command “ATDT” should precede phone numbers on dial-up modem connections. The APU software will always try this link command first.</p> | |||
<p>''Optional.'' If PortFile is ETHERNET, specify the URL or IP address and port number for non-FTP transfers. If ETHERNET AND FTP or DIRECT connections, content ignored.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>ATDT+ (do not enter the +)</p> | |||
<p>User-defined telephone number</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx:port</p> | |||
<p>x=numeric IP, port number</p> | |||
<p> or</p> | |||
<p>URL:port number</p> | |||
<p>Note: Type <W> after ATDT to wait for tone. Commas = ½ second pause. Spaces and dashes OK.</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.SecondaryLinkCommand</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Secondary command string to connect to host. The Hayes dial command “ATDT” should precede phone numbers on dial-up modem connections. If PortFile is ETHERNET, specify the URL or IP address and port number for non-FTP transfers. This command is used after 3 unsuccessful connection attempts using the primary link command to the consist host.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>ATDT+ (do not enter the +)</p> | |||
<p>User-defined telephone number</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx:port</p> | |||
<p>x=numeric IP: port=port number</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>URL:port</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Note: Type <W> after ATDT to wait for tone. Commas = ½ second pause. Spaces and dashes OK.</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.AccessFilename</p> | |||
|<p>Required if PortFile is identified. Provides host interaction and determines the format in which the report is sent. File name of “ACCESS FILE” specific to the host to which the APU-102 is sending AEI reports. Required if PortFile is identified.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>FTP report requires a matching <basefile_name.INI> file with the FTP host information. For example, SAMPLE.ACC for FTP requires SAMPLE.INI. Refer to section ''A14.5'' below for INI file format/contents.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 63 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Session1.MaintReportOpts == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
|<p>Session1.MaintReportOpts</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>Parameter</p> | |||
|<p>Description</p> | |||
|<p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.ReportEnable</p> | |||
|<p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Controls the reporting state of the maintenance reporter process.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - Disabled. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 - Enabled. Automatically initiates maintenance transaction with host if any “serious” events (event codes > 100) are logged.</p> | |||
<p>2 - Enabled. Initiates maintenance transaction at intervals defined by ReportTimeout.</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.ReportTimeout</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Defines the number of minutes between maintenance reports. Maintenance messages are only issued if “ReportingEnable” mode is 1 or 2. (See ReportEnable.)</p> | |||
<p>Idle State Reporting: If no maintenance messages have been logged after the timeout period expires, a “No Activity” message is logged, and a transaction begins.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - Disable timeout</p> | |||
<p>> 0 - Time in minutes</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.ReportMode</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Determines when the APU-102 will reset its maintenance report timeout.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - Reset timeout after successful transaction has completed with maintenance host. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 - Reset timeout after successful transaction has completed with either maintenance OR AEI host.</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.LongDelay</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Specifies the time the user must wait after three failed attempts before attempting to initiate a maintenance transaction again.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 5 numeric (in minutes).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 20 minutes</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.TransactionLogger</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Enables/Disables the maintenance transaction log (viewable with TLM command). This log lists the communication events to the maintenance host. Log is maintained relative to the train logging sequence when communications occur (from end of previous train recorded to end of current train).</p> | |||
|<p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 – Disabled. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 – Enabled. Saves maintenance communication events for the TLM report.</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.RptOtherSessionsEvents</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Report events logged from consist or maintenance reporting in other sessions in the maintenance report for this session. Useful if the owner has multiple sessions reporting to different hosts.</p> | |||
|<p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - Disabled. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 - Enabled. Report events from other sessions.</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
== Session1.MaintReportConnect == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
|<p>Session1.MaintReportConnect</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>Parameter</p> | |||
|<p>Description</p> | |||
|<p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.PortFile</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Port file name. Indicates on which APU port the maintenance reports should be sent out.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>$REMPORT.DAT (Default)</p> | |||
<p>Remote (modem) communications port</p> | |||
<p>$LOCPORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Local communications port</p> | |||
<p>AVI1PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #1</p> | |||
<p>AVI2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #2</p> | |||
<p>AUX1PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #1</p> | |||
<p>AUX2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #2</p> | |||
<p>NetModem</p> | |||
<p>Connect via network to another APU to use its modem</p> | |||
<p>Ethernet</p> | |||
<p>Connection via LAN or WAN to host</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.PrimaryLinkCommand</p> | |||
|<p>''Optional.''</p> | |||
<p>Required if PortFile is identified and using a dial-up modem or non-FTP ETHERNET. Primary command string to connect to host. The Hayes dial command “ATDT” should precede phone numbers on dial-up modem connections. The APU software will always try this link command first.</p> | |||
<p>''Optional.'' If PortFile is ETHERNET, specify the URL or IP address and port number for non-FTP transfers. If ETHERNET AND FTP or DIRECT connections, content ignored.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>ATDT+ (do not enter the +)</p> | |||
<p>User-defined telephone number</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx:port</p> | |||
<p>x=numeric IP, port=port number</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>URL:port</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Note: Type <W> after ATDT to wait for tone. Commas = ½ second pause. Spaces and dashes OK.</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.SecondaryLinkCommand</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Secondary command string to connect to host. The Hayes dial command “ATDT” should precede phone numbers on dial-up modem connections. If PortFile is ETHERNET, specify the URL or IP address and port number for non-FTP transfers. This command will be used after 2 unsuccessful connection attempts using the primary link command to the maintenance host.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>ATDT+ (do not enter the +)</p> | |||
<p>User-defined telephone number</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx:port</p> | |||
<p>x=numeric IP, port=port number</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>URL:port</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Note: Type <W> after ATDT to wait for tone. Commas = ½ second pause. Spaces and dashes OK.</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.AccessFilename</p> | |||
|<p>Required if PortFile is identified. Provides host interaction and determines the format in which the report is sent. File name of “ACCESS FILE” specific to the host to which the APU is sending maintenance reports.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>FTP report requires a matching <basefile_name.INI> file with the FTP host information. For example, SAMPLE.ACC for FTP requires SAMPLE.INI. Refer to section ''A14.5'' below for INI file format/contents.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 63 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Session1.Security == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 514px;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 149.688px;" |<p>Session1.Security</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 149.688px;" |<p>Parameter</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 597.828px;" |<p>Description</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 193.266px;" |<p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- style="height: 115px;" | |||
| style="height: 115px; width: 149.688px;" |<p>.SystemPassword</p> | |||
| style="height: 115px; width: 597.828px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>MAIN menu password. Provides access to non-destructive command level.</p> | |||
| style="height: 115px; width: 193.266px;" |<p>Up to 7 alphanumeric.(v5.0+)</p> | |||
<p>Default: SECRET</p> | |||
<p>Not case sensitive</p> | |||
<p>(Prior versions = 6 characters)</p> | |||
|- style="height: 115px;" | |||
| style="height: 115px; width: 149.688px;" |<p>.SupervisoryPassword</p> | |||
| style="height: 115px; width: 597.828px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>CHANGE menu password. Provides access to critical (potentially destructive) command level.</p> | |||
| style="height: 115px; width: 193.266px;" |<p>Up to 7 alphanumeric. (v5.0+)</p> | |||
<p>Default: SUPER</p> | |||
<p>Not case sensitive</p> | |||
<p>(Prior versions = 6 characters)</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 149.688px;" |<p>.HostUserID</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 597.828px;" |<p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Identifies APU to consist hosts. Use depends on type of interfacing host.</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 193.266px;" |<p>Up to 7 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 149.688px;" |<p>.HostPassword</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 597.828px;" |<p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Password sent to consist hosts. Use depends on type of interfacing host.</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 193.266px;" |<p>Up to 7 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 149.688px;" |<p>.MaintUserID</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 597.828px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Identifies APU to maintenance hosts. Use depends on type of interfacing host.</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 193.266px;" |<p>Up to 7 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: AEI</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 149.688px;" |<p>.MaintenancePassword</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 597.828px;" |<p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Password sent to maintenance hosts. Use depends on interfacing host.</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 193.266px;" |<p>Up to 7 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
== Session1.T94 == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
|<p>Session1.T94</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>Parameter</p> | |||
|<p>Description</p> | |||
|<p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.T94FormatFile</p> | |||
|<p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>File describing element and segment separators, units of measure, and elements and segments to be transmitted with the report.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 12 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.HeaderFile</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>File to be prepended to the report.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 12 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.TrailerFile</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>File to be appended to the report.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 12 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
== CP == | |||
<p>These parameters were formerly used by Canadian Pacific RR and may not be applicable to your system.</p> | |||
== CR160 == | |||
<p>These parameters were formerly used by Conrail and may not be applicable to your system.</p> | |||
== Session1.EarlyWarning (APU software version 4.24, 5.0+) == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
|<p>Session1.EarlyWarning</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>Parameter</p> | |||
|<p>Description</p> | |||
|<p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.ReportingOption</p> | |||
|<p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>If this parameter is set to one, early warning reporting is enabled, which will attempt to report the first few cars of a train even if the train has not cleared the site yet. If this parameter is set to zero early warning reporting is disabled. Note: If the train clears the site before the early warning report can be sent only the normal consist is sent.</p> | |||
|<p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p>Range: 0 or 1</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.FirstAxleTimeout</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Required if EarlyWarning.ReportingOption above is set to one. The time in seconds after the first axle event has occurred when the report will be sent even if the desired railcar tags have not been read. If FirstAxleTimeout is set to zero it will be ignored.</p> | |||
<p>Note: The site must have recorded eight axle events and the number of required railcar tags in EarlyWarning.RequiredCarTags below for any report to be sent</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(in seconds).</p> | |||
<p>Minimum Recommended: 30</p> | |||
<p>Range: 0 to 65535</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.DesiredCarTags</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Required if EarlyWarning.ReportingOption above is set to one. The total number of railcar tags which the site will try to send in early warning report. If DesiredCarTags is set to zero it will be ignored. For a site with two working antennas, two tags would normally result in one railcar. If the number of seconds in EarlyWarning.FirstAxleTimeout have passed since the first recorded axle event the report will be sent anyway, even if the number of railcar tags is less than this parameter specifies.</p> | |||
<p>Note: The site must have recorded eight axle events and the number of required railcar tags in EarlyWarning.RequiredCarTags below for any report to be sent.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Minimum Recommended: 6</p> | |||
<p>Range: 0 to 65535</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.RequiredCarTags</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Required if EarlyWarning.ReportingOption above is set to one. The total number of railcar tags which must be read to send an early warning report. For a site with two working antennas, two tags would normally result in one railcar.</p> | |||
<p>Note: The site also must have recorded eight axle events for any report to be sent.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Minimum Recommended: 2</p> | |||
<p>Range: 0 to 65535</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.SaveData</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Required if EarlyWarning.ReportingOption above is set to one. If SaveData is set to one the APU saves early warning data as EWsstttt.xxx where ss is the session number, tttt is the train sequence number and xxx is the data file extension. If DiskManager.SaveReports is non-zero early warning reports are also saved as EWsstttt.RPs where s is also the session number. If this parameter is set to zero these files are deleted when the early warning report is marked as sent.</p> | |||
|<p>1 numeric. 0 or 1.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
= LocalSupport = | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 457px;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 141.141px;" |<p>LocalSupport</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 141.141px;" |<p>Parameter</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 547.25px;" |<p>Description</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 506.125px;" |<p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 141.141px;" |<p>.PortFile</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 547.25px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Port filename. Identifies the APU port onto which the local user support will be offered.</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 506.125px;" |<p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>'''Default:''' $LOCPORT.DAT</p> | |||
|- style="height: 230px;" | |||
| style="height: 230px; width: 141.141px;" |<p>.PassThroughToPort</p> | |||
| style="height: 230px; width: 547.25px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Inbound connection redirected to specified port.</p> | |||
| style="height: 230px; width: 506.125px;" |<p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>$REMPORT.DAT Remote (modem) communications port</p> | |||
<p>AVI1PORT.DAT Reader port #1</p> | |||
<p>AVI2PORT.DAT Reader port #2</p> | |||
<p>AUX1PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #1</p> | |||
<p>AUX2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p> Auxiliary port #2</p> | |||
<p>Default = NONE</p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 141.141px;" |<p>.UserPromptMode</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 547.25px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Uses settings in RemoteSupport</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 506.125px;" |<p><br></p> | |||
|- style="height: 57px;" | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 141.141px;" |<p>.IdleTimeoutInMinutes</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 547.25px;" |<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Uses settings in RemoteSupport</p> | |||
| style="height: 57px; width: 506.125px;" |<p><br></p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
= RemoteSupport = | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
|<p>RemoteSupport</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>Parameter</p> | |||
|<p>Description</p> | |||
|<p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.PortFile</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Port filename. Identifies the APU-102 port on which the remote user support will be offered.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>'''Default:''' $REMPORT.DAT</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.PassThroughToPort</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Inbound connection redirected to specified port.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>$LOCPORT.DAT Local communications port</p> | |||
<p>AVI1PORT.DAT Reader port #1</p> | |||
<p>AVI2PORT.DAT Reader port #2</p> | |||
<p>AUX1PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #1</p> | |||
<p>AUX2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p> Auxiliary port #2</p> | |||
<p>Default = NONE</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.UserPromptMode</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Enables enhanced system prompts which provides additional information in the prompt line. Includes site ID, S/W version, port used, current time with timezone info.</p> | |||
|<p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 – Disabled. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 – Enabled.</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>.IdleTimeoutInMinutes</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Alternate Idle Timeout Period in minutes before user is logged out of current access level.</p> | |||
|<p>2 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 – Disabled (3 minute default)</p> | |||
<p>Range: 1 to 20</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
= Acquisition Parameters = | |||
== Acquisition.Operating == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Acquisition.Operating</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AntennaCheck</p> | |||
| <p>Not used.</p> | |||
| <p>Not applicable.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.WheelDetectorSeparation</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Specifies the distance in tenths of inches between the A and B segments of the wheel transducers. This parameter affects the speed calculations on the APU-102.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 4 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 40</p> | |||
<p>Typical Settings</p> | |||
<p>Servo Passive: 100</p> | |||
<p>(10 inches)</p> | |||
<p>Servo Zero Speed: 200</p> | |||
<p>(20 inches)</p> | |||
<p>Tiefenbach: 40</p> | |||
<p>(4 inches)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.WheelDetectorGain</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Defines the electrical interface requirements between the APU-102 and various wheel detectors.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in inches).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 99</p> | |||
<p>Typical Settings:</p> | |||
<p>Servo Passive (> 15 mph): 87</p> | |||
<p>Servo Passive (< 15 mph): 50</p> | |||
<p>Servo Zero Speed: 70</p> | |||
<p>Tiefenbach (unbalanced): 83</p> | |||
<p>Tiefenbach (balanced): 50</p> | |||
<p>Tiefenbach using TDA-105 interface: 99</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.WheelDetectorThreshold</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Defines the electrical interface requirements between the APU-102 and various wheel detectors.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 30 (5.0+ Default: 50)</p> | |||
<p>Typical Settings</p> | |||
<p>Servo Passive (> 15 mph): 50</p> | |||
<p>Servo Passive (< 15 mph): 50</p> | |||
<p>Servo Zero Speed: 90</p> | |||
<p>Tiefenbach (unbalanced): 55</p> | |||
<p>Tiefenbach (balanced): 8</p> | |||
<p>Tiefenbach w/ TDA-105 interface: 30/50</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RFONPres</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Determines the effects of a secondary track’s presence on the local track’s RF.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Turn RF on only if train is on local track. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Turn RF on if train is on either track.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.PresenceDetectMode</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Determines whether wheel events can cause a train to start recording, or whether a signal from a presence loop detector is Required.</p> | |||
<p>Additionally determines whether the timeout calculated by the APU-102 after external presence drops is based on speed, or whether it is fixed.</p> | |||
<p>PresenceDetectMode, Presence Detector, Wheel Events, Timeout</p> | |||
<p>0 (default), Start Presence, Start Presence, Speed Dependent</p> | |||
<p>1, Start Presence, Ignored, Speed Dependent</p> | |||
<p>2, Start Presence, Start Presence, Fixed</p> | |||
<p>3, Start Presence, Ignored, Fixed</p> | |||
<p>If the timeout is fixed, the .AbsPresenceTimeout value is used as the presence timeout after the external presence drops, instead of the speed dependent timeout calculated by the APU-102. .AbsPresenceTimeout may be set to zero for the fastest possible train processing. This feature should only be used when train processing must be as fast as possible and when the external presence signal is very reliable.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Valid values:</p> | |||
<p>0 – 3</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Note: The fixed timeout is overridden if presence is high or .ExtPresOverride is set to 1 or 2.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ExtPresOverride</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Determines if the presence circuit used for external presence is overridden.</p> | |||
<p>Note: If .PresenceDetectMode is set to 2 or 3, this parameter is set to 0, and presence has dropped, the .AbsPresenceTimeout value substitutes for the PresenceTimeout value.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Use presence circuit signal for presence (Default).</p> | |||
<p>1 = Ignore presence circuit.</p> | |||
<p>2 = Presence circuit has been automatically disabled. Software has detected malfunction with external presence.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Aux1Pin3Mode</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Defines the functionality of the “User Defined Bit” (Aux block 1, pin 3).</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Not used. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = External Presence Mode. Signal connected to UDB pin is interpreted as a secondary external presence signal.</p> | |||
<p>2 = Clock Sync Mode. Signal connected to UDB pin is interpreted as a secondary clock sync signal.</p> | |||
<p>3 = Remote Presence Mode. Signal connected to UDB pin reflects the presence state of any adjacent tracks (has no effect on presence).</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Aux1Pin3Mode1Timeout</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>When Aux1Pin3 Mode is set to 1, this parameter defines the maximum amount of time the signal on the UDB pin will cause system presence. If no other sources for presence are detected, system presence will time out.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in minutes).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 5 minutes</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.PresenceTimeout</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of seconds presence will remain active if train speed falls below 2 mph or the number of axles detected is less than the value set in SysDiagsPresenceLoop.MinAxles. Prevents bounce and presence loop failure from interrupting presence detection.</p> | |||
<p>Tip: The Post Cycle process time is increased by the time entered here. A high value may delay subsequent trains; a low value may time out presence before all axles are counted.</p> | |||
<p>Note: If .UseAbsoluteTimeout is set to 1, this parameter is ignored and .AbsPresenceTimeout is used.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric (in seconds).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 35</p> | |||
<p>Minimum Recommended: 5</p> | |||
<p>Note: Recommended value depends upon site specifics.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.WheelSensorOrientation</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Defines the orientation of the A and B wheel transducer segment with respect to antenna 0.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = AB (Typical)</p> | |||
<p>1 = BA (Typical for most BN sites)</p> | |||
<p>To determine orientation, face the track on the antenna 0 side of the track. If A transducer is to the left of B, this value is 0. Otherwise, the value is 1.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.WheelDetCsegMode</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Determines the origin, if any, of the center (“C”) segment of the transducer.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = No “C” segment.</p> | |||
<p>1 = Segment is hardware generated.</p> | |||
<p>2 = Segment is software generated. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>Typical Settings</p> | |||
<p>Servo Passive: 0</p> | |||
<p>Servo Zero Speed: 1</p> | |||
<p>Tiefenbach: 2</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.WheelDetCsegDebounce</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Defines how long the hardware generated “C” segment must be stable before the APU-102 recognizes its state.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric (1.7 ms/unit).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p>Typical Settings</p> | |||
<p>Servo Passive: 0</p> | |||
<p>Servo Zero Speed: 5</p> | |||
<p>Tiefenbach: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxWheelEvents</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Allows specification of the maximum number of wheel events that the APU-102 will log for a train cycle. Unused memory is the only risk in setting parameter too high.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 4 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 2048 (4.x)</p> | |||
<p> 4096 (5.0+)</p> | |||
<p>Range: 2048 - 8000</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.StoppedAxleDistance</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Defines the distance between the two axles on a car for use in scale operations. It improves uncoupled weigh in motion and hump site performance.</p> | |||
<p>Use smaller value for scale sites.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>100 = Non-scale application (Default)</p> | |||
<p>50 = Scale application</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.UncoupledOperation</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>This parameter is used for scale operations. It determines whether the operation is a non-scale application or a scale application.</p> | |||
<p>Uncoupled Operation, Car Length, Multi-packs</p> | |||
<p>0 (Default), Use Coupler Centers, Fixup,</p> | |||
<p>1 Ignore Coupler Centers/, Fixup, Add 20 ft to car length</p> | |||
<p>2, Use Coupler Centers, Don’t Fixup</p> | |||
<p>3, Ignore Coupler Centers/, Don’t Fixup, Add 20 ft to car length</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Non-scale application (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Scale application</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.FastPostProcessing</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Governs whether the readers are reset after each train or just the uniqueness flags, which is about ten seconds faster.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Readers are reset after each train.</p> | |||
<p>1 = Uniqueness flags are reset after each train (faster).</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>AbsPresenceTimeout</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>If the .PresenceDetectMode value is set to 2 or 3, or .UseAbsoluteTimeout is is set to 1, this parameter determines the presence timeout after the external presence drops, instead of the speed-dependent timeout hard-wired into the APU-102.</p> | |||
<p>See the .PresenceDetectMode definition for additional information on this operation.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 4 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(in seconds)</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Acquisition.InternalPresence == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Acquisition.InternalPresence</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.HoldPresenceHighAxleEvents</p> | |||
| <p>Based on the number of axle events specified, this parameter allows the APU-102 to package a set of uncoupled cars together as one consist at a hump yard or rotary dumper. If this parameter is greater than zero, it becomes active. Once the APU-102 identifies train presence for any reason (external presence, axle sensor, double track presence, etc.), this parameter forces the APU-102 to continue recording until the number of axle events specified here have occurred. This packages all cars that pass by the site during that period as a single consist.</p> | |||
| <p>0 = Inactive</p> | |||
<p># = Presence active for this number of axle events.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.HoldPresenceHighMinutes</p> | |||
| <p>Based on the time specified, this parameter allows the APU-102 to package a set of uncoupled cars together as one consist at a hump yard or rotary dumper. If this parameter is greater than zero, it becomes active. Once the APU-102 identifies train presence for any reason (external presence, axle sensor, double track presence, etc.), this parameter forces the APU-102 to continue recording until the number of minutes specified have passed. This packages all cars that pass by the site during that period as a single consist.</p> | |||
| <p>0 = Inactive</p> | |||
<p># = Presence active for this number of minutes.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.UseAbsoluteTimeout</p> | |||
| <p>If this parameter is enabled, the APU-102 always uses the .AbsPresenceTimeout parameter value to determine if the train has passed the site, rather than using the speed-dependant timeout.</p> | |||
<p>After each axle has passed and external presence drops, the APU-102 waits to make sure there are no more axles associated with that train. This period of waiting, or “timeout”, normally depends on the speed of the last few axles.</p> | |||
| <p>0 = Inactive</p> | |||
<p>1 = Use the .AbsPresenceTimeout parameter to determine if the train has passed the site.</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Acquisition.Reader1 == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Acquisition.Reader1</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.PortFile</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Port filename. Indicates the port which the APU-102 uses to communicate with the reader.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>'''Default:''' AVI1PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Valid Values:</p> | |||
<p>$REMPORT.DAT -</p> | |||
<p>Remote (modem) communications port</p> | |||
<p>$LOCPORT.DAT -</p> | |||
<p>Local communications port</p> | |||
<p>AVI1PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #1</p> | |||
<p>AVI2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #2</p> | |||
<p>AUX1PORT.DAT -</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #1</p> | |||
<p>AUX2PORT.DAT -</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #2</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.IniFilename</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Specifies the initialization file for the reader modules.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 31 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>'''Default:''' Amtech AI1200.INI</p> | |||
<p>(for Amtech AI1200 units)</p> | |||
<p>For a complete list of file options, see Filename Parameter Options at the end of this appendix.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ReaderNumber</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Unique reader ID.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = First reader (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Second reader</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TierAssignment</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Identifies which tier the reader is covering.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Railcar (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Lower Container</p> | |||
<p>2 =Upper Container</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AntennaAssignment</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Identifies which antenna(s) the reader services.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Dedicated: Reader services antenna 0 only.</p> | |||
<p>1 = Dedicated: Reader services antenna 1 only.</p> | |||
<p>2 = Multiplexed: Reader services both antenna 0 and 1 (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant0PassiveLobe</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Size of antenna 0 lobe for passive tags.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 12</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant0BatteryLobe</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Size of antenna 0 lobe for battery tags.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 24</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant0AxleDisplacement</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Position of antenna 0 relative to wheel sensor.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p>If antenna is to the left of the wheel sensor (facing the rail from the antenna 0 side of the track), value should be negative.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant0GateDisplacement</p> | |||
| <p>Not used.</p> | |||
| <p>Not applicable.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant1PassiveLobe</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Size of antenna 1 lobe for passive tags.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 12</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant1BatteryLobe</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Size of antenna 1 lobe for battery tags.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 24</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant1AxleDisplacement</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Position of antenna 1 relative to wheel sensor.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p>If antenna is to the left of wheel sensor (facing the rail from the antenna 0 side of the track), value should be negative.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant1GateDisplacement</p> | |||
| <p>Not used.</p> | |||
| <p>Not applicable.</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Acquisition.Reader2 == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Acquisition.Reader2</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.PortFile</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Port filename. Indicates the port on which the APU-102 communicates with the reader.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 29 alphanumeric. Default: NONE</p> | |||
<p>Valid Values:</p> | |||
<p>$REMPORT.DAT -</p> | |||
<p>Remote (modem) communications port</p> | |||
<p>$LOCPORT.DAT -</p> | |||
<p>Local communications port</p> | |||
<p>AVI1PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #1</p> | |||
<p>AVI2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #2</p> | |||
<p>AUX1PORT.DAT -</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #1</p> | |||
<p>AUX2PORT.DAT -</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #2</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.IniFilename</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Specifies the initialization file for the reader modules.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 31 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: AI1200.INI</p> | |||
<p>(for Amtech AI1200 units)</p> | |||
<p>For a complete list of file options, see Filename Parameter Options at the end of this appendix.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ReaderNumber</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Unique Reader ID.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = First reader (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Second reader</p> | |||
<p>2 = Third reader</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TierAssignment</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Identifies which tier the reader is covering.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Railcar</p> | |||
<p>1 = Lower Container (Default)</p> | |||
<p>2 = Upper Container</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AntennaAssignment</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Identifies which antenna(s) the reader services.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - Dedicated: Reader services antenna 0 only.</p> | |||
<p>1 - Dedicated: Reader services antenna 1 only.</p> | |||
<p>2 - Multiplexed: Reader services both antenna 0 and 1. (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant0PassiveLobe</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Size of antenna 0 lobe for passive tags.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 12</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant0BatteryLobe</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Size of antenna 0 lobe for battery tags.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 24</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant0AxleDisplacement</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Position of antenna 0 relative to wheel sensor.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p>If antenna is to the left of the wheel sensor (facing the rail from the antenna 0 side of the track), value should be negative.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant0GateDisplacement</p> | |||
| <p>Not used.</p> | |||
| <p>Not applicable.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant1PassiveLobe</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Size of antenna 1 lobe for passive tags.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 12</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant1BatteryLobe</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Size of antenna 1 lobe for battery tags.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 24</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant1AxleDisplacement</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Position of antenna 1 relative to wheel sensor.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p>If antenna is to the left of the wheel sensor (facing the rail from the antenna 0 side of the track), value should be negative.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant1GateDisplacement</p> | |||
| <p>Not used.</p> | |||
| <p>Not applicable.</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Acquisition.Reader3 == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Acquisition.Reader3</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.PortFile</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Port filename. Indicates the port on which the APU communicates with the reader.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 29 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Valid Values:</p> | |||
<p>$REMPORT.DAT -</p> | |||
<p>Remote (modem) communications port</p> | |||
<p>$LOCPORT.DAT -</p> | |||
<p>Local communications port</p> | |||
<p>AVI1PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #1</p> | |||
<p>AVI2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #2</p> | |||
<p>AUX1PORT.DAT -</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #1</p> | |||
<p>AUX2PORT.DAT -</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #2</p> | |||
<p>Default: NONE</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.IniFilename</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Specifies the initialization file for the reader modules.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 31 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: AI1200.INI</p> | |||
<p>(for Amtech AI1200 units)</p> | |||
<p>For a complete list of file options, see Filename Parameter Options at the end of this appendix.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ReaderNumber</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Unique Reader ID..</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = First reader</p> | |||
<p>1 = Second reader</p> | |||
<p>2 = Third reader (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TierAssignment</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Identifies which tier the reader is covering.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Railcar</p> | |||
<p>1 = Lower Container</p> | |||
<p>2 = Upper Container (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AntennaAssignment</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Identifies which antenna(s) the reader services.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Dedicated: Reader services antenna 0 only.</p> | |||
<p>1 = Dedicated: Reader services antenna 1 only.</p> | |||
<p>2 = Multiplexed: Reader services both antenna 0 and 1. (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant0PassiveLobe</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Size of antenna 0 lobe for passive tags.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 12</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant0BatteryLobe</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Size of antenna 0 lobe for battery tags.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 24</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant0AxleDisplacement</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Position of antenna 0 relative to wheel sensor.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0:</p> | |||
<p>If antenna is to the left of the wheel sensor (facing the rail from the antenna 0 side of the track), value should be negative.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant0GateDisplacement</p> | |||
| <p>Not used.</p> | |||
| <p>Not applicable.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant1PassiveLobe</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Size of antenna 1 lobe for passive tags.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 12</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant1BatteryLobe</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Size of antenna 1 lobe for battery tags.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 24</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant1AxleDisplacement</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Position of antenna 1 relative to wheel sensor.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in feet).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p>If antenna is to the left of the wheel sensor (facing the rail from the antenna 0 side of the track), value should be negative.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Ant1GateDisplacement</p> | |||
| <p>Not used.</p> | |||
| <p>Not applicable.</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p>''' '''</p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Acquisition.REDI.REDI1/Acquisition.REDI.REDI2 == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 1373px;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 312.922px;" | <p>Acquisition.REDI.REDI1/Acquisition.REDI.REDI2</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 312.922px;" | <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 605.234px;" | <p>Description</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 277.844px;" | <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- style="height: 455px;" | |||
| style="height: 455px; width: 312.922px;" | <p>.PortFile</p> | |||
| style="height: 455px; width: 605.234px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Port filename. Indicates the port on which the APU-102 communicates with the REDI interface.</p> | |||
| style="height: 455px; width: 277.844px;" | <p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>$REMPORT.DAT -</p> | |||
<p>Remote (modem) communications port</p> | |||
<p>$LOCPORT.DAT -</p> | |||
<p>Local communications port</p> | |||
<p>AVI1PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader 1 port</p> | |||
<p>AVI2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader 2 port</p> | |||
<p>AUX1PORT.DAT -</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #1</p> | |||
<p>AUX2PORT.DAT -</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #2</p> | |||
<p>Typically: AUX1PORT.DAT or AUX2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Default: NONE</p> | |||
|- style="height: 282px;" | |||
| style="height: 282px; width: 312.922px;" | <p>.DescriptorFile</p> | |||
| style="height: 282px; width: 605.234px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Filename for descriptor files containing information about what data types are to be made available to the remote REDI receiver. The name generally implies equipment type.</p> | |||
| style="height: 282px; width: 277.844px;" | <p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Typical Descriptor Files</p> | |||
<p>APU2DRU.DAT <-</p> | |||
<p>TransCore Video Imaging Unit (Default)</p> | |||
<p>SALIENT.DAT <-</p> | |||
<p>Wheel Impact/Load Detector</p> | |||
<p>LORAM.DAT <- Automatic Wheel Inspection System</p> | |||
<p>UDEFINE.DAT <-</p> | |||
<p>User definable.</p> | |||
|- style="height: 236px;" | |||
| style="height: 236px; width: 312.922px;" | <p>.LoggerSwitch</p> | |||
| style="height: 236px; width: 605.234px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Determines what type of data the REDI interface processor logs.</p> | |||
<p>Important Note: This parameter should only be used under the direction of qualified technical personnel from TransCore.</p> | |||
| style="height: 236px; width: 277.844px;" | <p>0 - Off. No data is logged. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 - Status & Local activity messages are logged.</p> | |||
<p>2 - Status & Local activity messages are logged.</p> | |||
<p> Channel communications are logged when recording a train.</p> | |||
<p>3 - Everything is logged, all the time (uses lots of disk space).</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 312.922px;" | <p>.InboundTerminationDelay</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 605.234px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Period to wait for incoming data after last record received from remote unit before train is processed by local unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 277.844px;" | <p>Up to 5 numeric.(in 54ms units)</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
<p>Default: 30</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 312.922px;" | <p>.InboundHeartbeatTimeout</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 605.234px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Defines maximum amount of time that is allowed to elapse without hearing from remote unit. Remote unit is interpreted to be “DEAD” if this timeout expires.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 277.844px;" | <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
<p>Default: 300</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 312.922px;" | <p>.OutboundTerminationDelay</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 605.234px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Period to wait after last record was put into outbound file before outbound queue file can be reset.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 277.844px;" | <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
<p>Default: 300</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 312.922px;" | <p>.OutboundHearbeatDelay</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 605.234px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Period between outbound idle heart-beats.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 277.844px;" | <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
<p>Default: 5 seconds</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
== Acquisition.REDI.APU2DRU == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 1289px;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>Acquisition.REDI.APU2DRU</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Description</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 289.766px;" | <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- style="height: 115px;" | |||
| style="height: 115px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.ImageTimingData</p> | |||
| style="height: 115px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make Image timing data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 115px; width: 289.766px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - Do not make available. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 - Make data for individual records available.</p> | |||
<p>2 - Make data for complete files available.</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.AxleDataProcessed</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make processed axle data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 289.766px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.AxleDataRaw</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make raw axle data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 289.766px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.WheelEventData</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make raw wheel event data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 289.766px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.Axle2CarConversionData</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make output of the axle to car converter available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 289.766px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.ExtendedAxle2CarData</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make output of the extended axle to car converter available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 289.766px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.ScaleDataRaw</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make raw scale data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 289.766px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.AVIReaderDataTier0</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from tier 0 available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 289.766px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 2</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.AVIReaderDataTier1</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from tier 1 available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 289.766px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.AVIReaderDataTier2</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from tier 2 available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 289.766px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.ATCAVIData</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from adjacent track available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 289.766px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.AEISummaryData</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI summary information available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 289.766px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p> AEICompositeData</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make composite AEI information (train consist) available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 289.766px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.AEIConsistData</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI consist data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 289.766px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
== Acquisition.REDI.DRU2APU == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 1289px;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>Acquisition.REDI.DRU2APU</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Description</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 293.375px;" | <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- style="height: 115px;" | |||
| style="height: 115px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.ImageTimingData</p> | |||
| style="height: 115px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make Image timing data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 115px; width: 293.375px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Do not make available. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Make data for individual records available.</p> | |||
<p>2 = Make data for complete files available.</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.AxleDataProcessed</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make processed axle data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 293.375px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.AxleDataRaw</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make raw axle data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 293.375px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.WheelEventData</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make raw wheel event data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 293.375px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.Axle2CarConversionData</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make output of the axle to car converter available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 293.375px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.ExtendedAxle2CarData</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make output of the extended axle to car converter available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 293.375px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.ScaleDataRaw</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make raw scale data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 293.375px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.AVIReaderDataTier0</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from tier 0 available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 293.375px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.AVIReaderDataTier1</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from tier 1 available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 293.375px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.AVIReaderDataTier2</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from tier 2 available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 293.375px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.ATCAVIData</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from adjacent track available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 293.375px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.AEISummaryData</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI summary information available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 293.375px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p> AEICompositeData</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make composite AEI information (train consist) available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 293.375px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 180.859px;" | <p>.AEIConsistData</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 473.891px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI consist data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 293.375px;" | <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
== Acquisition.REDI.SALIENT == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Acquisition.REDI.SALIENT</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ImageTimingData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make Image timing data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Do not make available. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Make data for individual records available.</p> | |||
<p>2 = Make data for complete files available.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AxleDataProcessed</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make processed axle data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AxleDataRaw</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make raw axle data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.WheelEventData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make raw wheel event data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Axle2CarConversionData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make output of the axle to car converter available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ExtendedAxle2CarData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make output of the extended axle to car converter available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ScaleDataRaw</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make raw scale data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AVIReaderDataTier0</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from tier 0 available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AVIReaderDataTier1</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from tier 1 available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AVIReaderDataTier2</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from tier 2 available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ATCAVIData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from adjacent track available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AEISummaryData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI summary information available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p> AEICompositeData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make composite AEI information (train consist) available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AEIConsistData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI consist data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Acquisition.REDI.LORAM == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Acquisition.REDI.LORAM</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ImageTimingData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make Image timing data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Do not make available. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Make data for individual records available.</p> | |||
<p>2 = Make data for complete files available.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AxleDataProcessed</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make processed axle data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AxleDataRaw</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make raw axle data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.WheelEventData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make raw wheel event data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Axle2CarConversionData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make output of the axle to car converter available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ExtendedAxle2CarData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make output of the extended axle to car converter available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ScaleDataRaw</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make raw scale data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AVIReaderDataTier0</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from tier 0 available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AVIReaderDataTier1</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from tier 1 available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AVIReaderDataTier2</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from tier 2 available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ATCAVIData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from adjacent track available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AEISummaryData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI summary information available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AEICompositeData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make composite AEI information (train consist) available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AEIConsistData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI consist data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
== Acquisition.REDI.UDEFINE == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Acquisition.REDI.UDEFINE</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ImageTimingData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make Image timing data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Do not make available. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Make data for individual records available.</p> | |||
<p>2 = Make data for complete files available.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AxleDataProcessed</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make processed axle data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AxleDataRaw</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make raw axle data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.WheelEventData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make raw wheel event data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Axle2CarConversionData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make output of the axle to car converter available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ExtendedAxle2CarData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make output of the extended axle to car converter available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ScaleDataRaw</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make raw scale data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AVIReaderDataTier0</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from tier 0 available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AVIReaderDataTier1</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from tier 1 available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AVIReaderDataTier2</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from tier 2 available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ATCAVIData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI tags from adjacent track available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AEISummaryData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI summary information available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AEICompositeData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make composite AEI information (train consist) available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AEIConsistData</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Make AEI consist data available to remote unit.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>(See ImageTimingData values.)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Acquisition.ITC1 == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Acquisition.ITC1</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ChannelFileName</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Port filename. Used for double-track sites only. Indicates the port on which the APU-102 communicates with the adjacent track’s APU-102. Entering a filename for this parameter activates the inter-track communication.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: NONE</p> | |||
<p>Typically:</p> | |||
<p>AUX1PORT.DAT or AUX2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.InterferenceUnitLocation</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Designates where the adjacent track’s antennas are with respect to the local track’s antennas.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Adjacent track’s antennas are to the right.</p> | |||
<p>1 = Adjacent track’s antennas are to the left. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>Facing the local track from the antenna 0 site of the track, if the adjacent track’s antennas are to the left, this value should be 1. If to the right, value should be 0.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ITCSpeedThresh</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Speed above which intertrack communication is deactivated.</p> | |||
<p>Additional "Low Speed" double track logic is used below this level.</p> | |||
<p>Note: This parameter has no effect unless ITC is enabled.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - 255</p> | |||
<p>(Value of 1 = 1/8 mph)</p> | |||
<p>Recommended value:</p> | |||
<p>4.x = 80 (10 mph)</p> | |||
<p>5.0+ = 24</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Acquisition.Scale == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Acquisition.Scale</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.PortFile</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Port filename. Indicates the port on which the APU receives information from the scale.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Valid Values:</p> | |||
<p>$REMPORT.DAT (modem) communications port</p> | |||
<p>$LOCPORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Local communications port</p> | |||
<p>AVI1PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #1</p> | |||
<p>AVI2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #2</p> | |||
<p>AUX1PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #1</p> | |||
<p>AUX2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #2</p> | |||
<p>Default: NONE</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ConfigFile</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Name of file containing the format description for the scale to be supported.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: Scale.CFG</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RtoLoffset</p> | |||
<p>.LtoRoffset</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>These two parameters define the offset between the APU-102’s wheel transducer and the point on the scale that the last axle of the car is on when the weight message is sent from the scale.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p>Note: If .WeightBeforeVehicle is set to 1, these offsets are ignored.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ComLogger</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Specifies the active state of the scale communications logger.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Scale log disabled</p> | |||
<p>1 =-Scale log enabled</p> | |||
<p>(Default)</p> | |||
<p>(Data placed in “BASENAME.SCA” file.)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MultiplePerCar</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Determines whether the APU-102 will combine multiple scale messages for one car.</p> | |||
<p>Note: The very first message for a car is the gross weight; the last message is the tare weight.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = APU-102 does not combine multiple scale messages for one car.</p> | |||
<p>1 = APU-102 combines the weights sent by the scale.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ScaleStartsPresence</p> | |||
| <p>Determines whether the scale will start presence.</p> | |||
<p>Note: This is important because the weight from the scale arrives before the railcar can trigger either a presence loop or the wheel detector to start recording</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = The scale cannot cause the APU-102 to start recording a train.</p> | |||
<p>1 = The APU-102 starts recording a train if it receives a character from the scale.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.WeightBeforeVehicle</p> | |||
| <p>Determines whether the APU-102 relies on a time-based offset or whether it assigns all weights to the vehicle that follows.</p> | |||
<p>Note: For a rotary dumper, setting this value to 1 is a more dependable method than relying on a time based offset, since the car may remain on the scale for an indeterminate amount of time after it has been weighed. For a hump scale or a weigh-in motion scale, setting the value to 1 may not be the most dependable method.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = The APU-102 relies on a time-based offset.</p> | |||
<p>1= The APU-102 assigns all weights to the vehicle that follows, and RtoLoffset and LtoRoffset are ignored.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.LastRecNextTrain</p> | |||
| <p>If enabled, the APU-102 takes the last weight recorded from the previous train and saves it as the first record on the next train.</p> | |||
<p>At a rotary dumper, the gross weight for the next car typically arrives about the same time the previous car passes the site. The gross weight really belongs on the next car, which is part of the next train.</p> | |||
<p>Note: Enabled only if .MultiplePerCar is enabled.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Disabled</p> | |||
<p>1 = The APU-102 trims the last weight recorded in the 055 file (scale file after post processing) and saves it to be the first record in the next train’s 054 file (scale file before post processing.).</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Acquisition.XTrack == | |||
=== Acquisition.XTrack.Track# === | |||
<p>All tracks should be configured the same on all interconnected tracks except for local track ID.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Acquisition.XTrack.Track#</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Enabled</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Enable This track in the XTrack coverage area.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Disabled</p> | |||
<p>1 = Enabled</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Mode</p> | |||
| <p>Required if Track#.Enabled and XTrack.General are set to 1.</p> | |||
<p>Data to be transferred for XTrack processing. </p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Disabled</p> | |||
<p>1 = Presence and Transport Enabled</p> | |||
<p>2 = Transport Only Enabled (Hardware double track presence used)</p> | |||
<p>3 = Presence only enabled (no data transfer).</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.IPAddress</p> | |||
| <p>Required if Track#.Enabled and XTrack.General are set to 1.</p> | |||
<p>IP address of the track defined in this section</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 29 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>IP address of APU-102 defined in this section</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Default: BLANK</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.LocationXOffset</p> | |||
| <p>Required if Track#.Enabled and XTrack.General are set to 1.</p> | |||
<p>Convert the site layout to X/Y coordinates. The leftmost antenna as viewed from Track1 is designated as X=0 reference. Offset is distance in feet to the right of the 0 reference.</p> | |||
| <p>3 numeric. (In feet)</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.LocationYOffset</p> | |||
| <p>Required if Track#.Enabled and XTrack.General are set to 1.</p> | |||
<p>Convert the site layout to X/Y coordinates. Track designated as 1 (usually closest to equipment enclosure) is Y=0 reference. Offset is distance in feet from near rail of track 1 to near rail of this track.</p> | |||
| <p>3 numeric. (In feet)</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
=== Acquisition.XTrack.General === | |||
<p>All tracks should be configured the same on all interconnected tracks</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Acquisition.XTrack.General</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Enabled</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Enable XTrack data sharing and processing</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Disabled</p> | |||
<p>1 = Enabled</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ThisTrackNumber</p> | |||
| <p>Required if Track#.Enabled and XTrack.General are set to 1.</p> | |||
<p>The numeric representation of the track on '''THIS''' APU-102 with “1” being closest to the equipment enclosure.</p> | |||
| <p>2 numeric.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.DebugFlag</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Enable debug logging</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Disabled</p> | |||
<p>1 = Enabled</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
=== Acquisition.PresenceStuckOffAlarm === | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Acquisition.PresenceStuckOffAlarm</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AlarmParameter ModificationEnabled</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Enable ability to tweak when STUCK OFF alarms are generated. These parameters replace the flag file "STUCKOFF.DAT"</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Disabled (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Enabled</p> | |||
|- | |- | ||
| | | <p>.MaxPresDelaySecs</p> | ||
| <p>''Required if AlarmParameterModification Enabled is set to 1.''</p> | |||
<p>Time (in seconds) wheel activity is ignored before an alarm can be generated.</p> | |||
| <p>Range 0-60. (in seconds)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |- | ||
| <p>.MinTrainDurationSecs</p> | |||
| <p>''Required if AlarmParameterModification Enabled is set to 1.''</p> | |||
<p>Minimum time of active presence (in seconds) before an alarm can be generated.</p> | |||
| <p>Range 0-60. (in seconds)</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |- | ||
| | | <p>.MinTrainAxleCount</p> | ||
| <p>''Required if AlarmParameterModification Enabled is set to 1.''</p> | |||
<p>Minimum amount of axles before an alarm can be generated.</p> | |||
| style=" | | <p>Range 0-255. (axles)</p> | ||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
= Ports = | |||
== Ports.REMPORT == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |- | ||
| | | <p>Ports.REMPORT</p> | ||
|- | |- | ||
| | | <p>Parameter</p> | ||
| | | <p>Description</p> | ||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |- | ||
| | | <p>.Name</p> | ||
| | | <p>Required.</p> | ||
<p>Logical name or alias that allows channel sharing. This name should match the port’s filename.</p> | |||
| | | <p>8 alphanumeric.</p> | ||
<p>Default: $REMPORT</p> | |||
|- | |- | ||
| | | <p>.Driver</p> | ||
| | | <p>Required.</p> | ||
<p>Hardware device driver.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 – COM (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 – GTEK</p> | |||
<p>2 – Console</p> | |||
<p>3 – TCP/IP</p> | |||
<p>5 – Disables Modem Self-Diagnostics.</p> | |||
|- | |- | ||
| | | <p>.Port</p> | ||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Pre-assigned port numbers.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>1 = COM1 4 = COM4</p> | |||
<p>2 = COM2 5 = COM5</p> | |||
<p>3 = COM3 6 = COM6</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
|- | |- | ||
| | | <p>.BaudRate</p> | ||
| | | <p>Required.</p> | ||
<p>Baud rate of communications channel.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = 300 5 = 9600</p> | |||
<p>1 = 600 6 = 19200</p> | |||
<p>2 = 1200 7 = 38400</p> | |||
<p>3 = 2400 8 = 57600</p> | |||
<p>4 = 4800 9 = 115200</p> | |||
<p>Default: 6</p> | |||
|- | |- | ||
| | | <p>.WordLen</p> | ||
| | | <p>Required.</p> | ||
<p>Selects a 7-bit or 8-bit protocol.</p> | |||
| | | <p>1 numeric.</p> | ||
<p>0 = 7</p> | |||
<p>1 = 8 (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |- | ||
| | | <p>.StopBits</p> | ||
| | | <p>Required.</p> | ||
<p>Selects the last bit or element transmitted in asynchronous transmission.</p> | |||
| | | <p>1 numeric.</p> | ||
<p>0 = 1 Stop Bit (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = 2 Stop Bits</p> | |||
|- | |- | ||
| | | <p>.Parity</p> | ||
| | | <p>Required.</p> | ||
<p>Verifies correct data transmission through bit matching at sending and receiving end.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = None (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Even</p> | |||
<p>2 = Odd</p> | |||
|- | |- | ||
| | | <p>.FlowControl</p> | ||
| | | <p>Required.</p> | ||
<p>How the flow of data is controlled.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = None</p> | |||
<p>1 = Software</p> | |||
<p>2 = Hardware (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |- | ||
| | | <p>.CarrierDelay</p> | ||
| | | <p>Required.</p> | ||
<p>Time before carrier loss is recognized.</p> | |||
| | | <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | ||
<p>Default: 54 (in 54ms units):</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |- | ||
| | | <p>.LinkType</p> | ||
| | | <p>Required.</p> | ||
<p>Determines whether a modem is used.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = No modem</p> | |||
<p>1 = Hayes compatible modem</p> | |||
<p>(Default)</p> | |||
|- | |- | ||
| | | <p>.LinkIniFileName</p> | ||
| | | <p>Required.</p> | ||
<p>Filename with modem initialization. Displays if 1 was selected for the LinkType parameter.</p> | |||
| | | <p>Up to 19 alphanumeric.</p> | ||
<p>Default: DT56K.INI (DT4070-56 Modem)</p> | |||
<p>For complete filename list, see Filename Parameter Options at the end of this appendix.</p> | |||
|- | |- | ||
| | | <p>.CommType</p> | ||
| | | <p>Required.</p> | ||
<p>Determines whether default protocol is used.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = No packetization</p> | |||
<p>1 = Packetized (checksum)</p> | |||
<p>(Default)</p> | |||
<p>2 = Packetized (CRC16)</p> | |||
|- | |- | ||
| | | <p>.MaxOpens</p> | ||
| | | <p>Required.</p> | ||
<p>Number of concurrent processes that can open this port.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 20</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 100</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvTimeout</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Receiver timeout.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 5555</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxTimeout</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Transmitter timeout.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 5555</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxRcvPacketLen</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Largest record size port can receive.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 6 numeric (in bytes).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1024</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 800,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxTxPacketLen</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Largest record size port can transmit.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 6 numeric (in bytes).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1024</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 800,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxQueues</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of transmitter queue entries.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvQueues</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of receiver queue entries.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxBuffSize</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Size of buffer allocated.</p> | |||
<p>Note: Changing this parameter is not recommended.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 256</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvBuffSize</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Receive buffer size.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 256</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ModemDelay</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>This parameter controls reset for an external modem.</p> | |||
<p>It is now possible for the modem self test to reset an external modem connected to the Remote Port via a power relay.</p> | |||
<p>To enable this feature:</p> | |||
<p>1. Set Ports.REMPORT.ModemDelay to a value in seconds greater than zero. (Seven seconds seems to be the sufficient for most external modems.)</p> | |||
<p>Set ModemDelay to zero (the default) for all internal modems. When enabled, the modem self test will bring pin 11 on AUX block 2 low for two seconds in order to toggle the power relay and reset the external modem. It then waits for ModemDelay seconds before reinitializing the modem.</p> | |||
<p>ModemDelay is the time it takes for the modem to finish its power-up sequence and be ready to receive commands and data. If it is set too small, the modem may not be reinitialized correctly afterwards.</p> | |||
<p>The modem self test is triggered by the MST and SHS commands. The APU-102 also runs the test itself on boot up and every fifteen minutes thereafter. These tests are only applicable on port defined in RemoteSupport.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 2 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default (in seconds): 0</p> | |||
<p>Typical Settings:</p> | |||
<p>Hayes External – 7</p> | |||
<p>Maximum – 60</p> | |||
|} | |} | ||
</div> | </div> | ||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Ports.LOCPORT == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Ports.LOCPORT</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Name</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Logical name or alias that allows channel sharing. This name should match the port’s filename.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 8 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: $LOCPORT</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Driver</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Hardware device driver.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - COM (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 – GTEK</p> | |||
<p>2 - Console</p> | |||
<p>3 - TCP/IP</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Port</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Pre-assigned port numbers.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>1 = COM1</p> | |||
<p>2 = COM2, etc.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 2</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.BaudRate</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Baud rate of communications channel.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = 300 5 = 9600</p> | |||
<p>1 = 600 6 = 19200</p> | |||
<p>2 = 1200 7 = 38400</p> | |||
<p>3 = 2400 8 = 57600</p> | |||
<p>4 = 4800 9 = 115200</p> | |||
<p>Default: 3</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.WordLen</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Selects a 7-bit or 8-bit protocol.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = 7</p> | |||
<p>1 = 8 (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.StopBits</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Selects the last bit or element transmitted in asynchronous transmission.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = 1 Stop Bit (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = 2 Stop Bits</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Parity</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Verifies correct data transmission through bit matching at sending and receiving end.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = None (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Even</p> | |||
<p>2 = Odd</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.FlowControl</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>How the flow of data is controlled.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = None (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Software</p> | |||
<p>2 = Hardware</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.CarrierDelay</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Time before carrier loss is recognized.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0 (in 54ms units)</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.LinkType</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Determines whether a modem is used.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = No modem</p> | |||
<p>(Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Hayes compatible modem</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.LinkIniFileName</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Filename with modem initialization. Displays if 1 was selected for the LInkType parameter. Otherwise, displays “NONE”.</p> | |||
| <p>Displays “NONE.”</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.CommType</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Determines whether default protocol is used.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = No packetization</p> | |||
<p>1 = Packetized (checksum) (Default)</p> | |||
<p>2 = Packetized (CRC16)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxOpens</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of concurrent processes that can open this port.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 20</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 100</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvTimeout</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Receiver timeout.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 5555</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxTimeout</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Transmitter timeout.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 5555</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxRcvPacketLen</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Largest record size port can receive.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1024</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxTxPacketLen</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Largest record size port can transmit.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1024</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxQueues</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of transmitter queue entries.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvQueues</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of receiver queue entries.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxBuffSize</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Transmit buffer size.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 256</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvBuffSize</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Receive buffer size.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 256</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ModemDelay</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>This parameter controls reset for an external modem.</p> | |||
<p>It is now possible for the modem self test to reset an external modem connected to the Remote Port via a power relay.</p> | |||
<p>To enable this feature:</p> | |||
<p>1. ModemDelay to a value in seconds greater than zero. (Seven seconds seems to be the sufficient for most external modems.)</p> | |||
<p>Set ModemDelay to zero (the default) for all internal modems. When enabled, the modem self test will bring pin 11 on AUX block 2 low for two seconds in order to toggle the power relay and reset the external modem. It then waits for ModemDelay seconds before reinitializing the modem.</p> | |||
<p>ModemDelay is the time it takes for the modem to finish its power-up sequence and be ready to receive commands and data. If it is set too small, the modem may not be reinitialized correctly afterwards.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>In the Version 4 TCP/IP version using PPP/SLIP, Ports.LOCPORT.ModemDelay controls external reset of the TCP/IP modem connected to the local port. If the APU-102 cannot ping its nearest upstream neighbor, it toggles DTR to reset the TCP/IP modem. If the APU still can't ping its neighbor, it follows the reset procedure above. A ping test precedes all outgoing TCP/IP communications and is also run every five minutes. These tests are only applicable on port defined in LocalSupport.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 2 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default (in seconds): 0</p> | |||
<p>Typical Settings:</p> | |||
<p>Hayes External - 7</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 60</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Ports.AVI1PORT == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Ports.AVI1PORT</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Name</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Logical name or alias that allows channel sharing. This name should match the port’s filename.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 8 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: AVI1PORT</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Driver</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Hardware device driver.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - COM (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 - GTEK</p> | |||
<p>2 - Console</p> | |||
<p>3 - TCP/IP</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Port</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Pre-assigned port numbers.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>1 = COM1</p> | |||
<p>2 = COM2, etc.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 4 (COM4)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.BaudRate</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Baud rate of communications channel.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = 300 5 = 9600</p> | |||
<p>1 = 600 6 = 19200</p> | |||
<p>2 = 1200 7 = 38400</p> | |||
<p>3 = 2400 8 = 57600</p> | |||
<p>4 = 4800 9 = 115200</p> | |||
<p>Default: 4 (Standard RF)</p> | |||
<p>5 (SmartPass)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.WordLen</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Selects a 7-bit or 8-bit protocol.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = 7</p> | |||
<p>1 = 8 (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.StopBits</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Selects the last bit or element transmitted in asynchronous transmission.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = 1 Stop Bit (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = 2 Stop Bits</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Parity</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Verifies correct data transmission through bit matching at sending and receiving end.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = None (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Even</p> | |||
<p>2 = Odd</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.FlowControl</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>How the flow of data is controlled.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = None (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Software</p> | |||
<p>2 = Hardware</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.CarrierDelay</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Time before carrier loss is recognized.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0 (in 54ms units)</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.LinkType</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Determines whether a modem is used.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = No modem</p> | |||
<p>(Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Hayes compatible modem</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.LinkIniFileName</p> | |||
| <p>File name with modem initialization. Displays only if 1 is selected for the LInkType parameter.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 19 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: NONE</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.CommType</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Determines whether default protocol is used.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = No packetization</p> | |||
<p>1 = Packetized (checksum) (Default)</p> | |||
<p>2 = Packetized (CRC16)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxOpens</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of concurrent processes that can open this port.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 20</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 100</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvTimeout</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Receiver timeout.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 5555</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxTimeout</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Transmitter timeout.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 5555</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxRcvPacketLen</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Largest record size port can receive.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 6 numeric (in bytes).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1024</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 800,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxTxPacketLen</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Largest record size port can transmit.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 6 numeric (in bytes).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1024</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 800,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxQueues</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of transmitter queue entries.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvQueues</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of receiver queue entries.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxBuffSize</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Size of buffer allocated.</p> | |||
<p>Note: Changing this parameter is not recommended.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 256</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvBuffSize</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Receive buffer size.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 256</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ModemDelay</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>This parameter controls reset for an external modem.</p> | |||
<p>It is now possible for the modem self test to reset an external modem connected to the Remote Port via a power relay.</p> | |||
<p>To enable this feature:</p> | |||
<p>1. ModemDelay to a value in seconds greater than zero. (Seven seconds seems to be the sufficient for most external modems.)</p> | |||
<p>2. Set ModemDelay to zero (the default) for all internal modems. When enabled, the modem self test will bring pin 11 on AUX block 2 low for two seconds in order to toggle the power relay and reset the external modem. It then waits for ModemDelay seconds before reinitializing the modem.</p> | |||
<p>ModemDelay is the time it takes for the modem to finish its power-up sequence and be ready to receive commands and data. If it is set too small, the modem may not be reinitialized correctly afterwards.</p> | |||
<p>The modem self test is triggered by the MST and SHS commands. The APU-102 also runs the test itself on boot up and every fifteen minutes thereafter. These tests are only applicable on port defined in RemoteSupport.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 2 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p>Typical Settings:</p> | |||
<p>Hayes External – 7</p> | |||
<p>Maximum – 60</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Ports.AVI2PORT == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Ports.AVI2PORT</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Name</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Logical name or alias that allows channel sharing. This name should match the port’s filename.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 8 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: AVI2PORT</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Driver</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Hardware device driver.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - COM (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 - GTEK</p> | |||
<p>2 - Console</p> | |||
<p>3 - TCP/IP</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Port</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Pre-assigned port numbers.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>1 = COM1</p> | |||
<p>2 = COM2, etc.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 5 (COM5)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.BaudRate</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Baud rate of communications channel.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = 300 5 = 9600</p> | |||
<p>1 = 600 6 = 19200</p> | |||
<p>2 = 1200 7 = 38400</p> | |||
<p>3 = 2400 8 = 57600</p> | |||
<p>4 = 4800 9 = 115200</p> | |||
<p>Default: 4 (Standard RF)</p> | |||
<p>5 (SmartPass)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.WordLen</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Selects a 7-bit or 8-bit protocol.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = 7</p> | |||
<p>1 = 8 (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.StopBits</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Selects the last bit or element transmitted in asynchronous transmission.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = 1 Stop Bit (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = 2 Stop Bits</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Parity</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Verifies correct data transmission through bit matching at sending and receiving end.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = None (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Even</p> | |||
<p>2 = Odd</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.FlowControl</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>How the flow of data is controlled.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = None (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Software</p> | |||
<p>2 = Hardware</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.CarrierDelay</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Time before carrier loss is recognized.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0 (in 54ms units)</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.LinkType</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Determines whether a modem is used.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = No modem</p> | |||
<p>(Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Hayes compatible modem</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.LinkIniFileName</p> | |||
| <p>Display-only. Display modem initialization filename if 1 was selected for the LInkType parameter. Otherwise, displays “NONE”.</p> | |||
| <p>Displays “NONE”.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.CommType</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Determines whether default protocol is used.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = No packetization</p> | |||
<p>1 = Packetized (checksum) (Default)</p> | |||
<p>2 = Packetized (CRC16)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxOpens</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of concurrent processes that can open this port.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 20</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 100</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvTimeout</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Receiver timeout.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 5555</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxTimeout</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Transmitter timeout.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 5555</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxRcvPacketLen</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Largest record size port can receive.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 6 numeric (in bytes).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1024</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 800,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxTxPacketLen</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Largest record size port can transmit.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 6 numeric (in bytes).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1024</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 800,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxQueues</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of transmitter queue entries.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvQueues</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of receiver queue entries.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxBuffSize</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Size of buffer allocated.</p> | |||
<p>Note: Changing this paramete4r is not recommended.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 256</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvBuffSize</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Receive buffer size.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 256</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ModemDelay</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>This parameter controls reset for an external modem.</p> | |||
<p>It is now possible for the modem self test to reset an external modem connected to the Remote Port via a power relay.</p> | |||
<p>To enable this feature:</p> | |||
<p>1. ModemDelay to a value in seconds greater than zero. (Seven seconds seems to be the sufficient for most external modems.)</p> | |||
<p>2. Set ModemDelay to zero (the default) for all internal modems. When enabled, the modem self test will bring pin 11 on AUX block 2 low for two seconds in order to toggle the power relay and reset the external modem. It then waits for ModemDelay seconds before reinitializing the modem.</p> | |||
<p>ModemDelay is the time it takes for the modem to finish its power-up sequence and be ready to receive commands and data. If it is set too small, the modem may not be reinitialized correctly afterwards.</p> | |||
<p>The modem self test is triggered by the MST and SHS commands. The APU-102 also runs the test itself on boot up and every fifteen minutes thereafter. These tests are only applicable on port defined in RemoteSupport.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 2 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p>Typical Settings:</p> | |||
<p>Hayes External – 7</p> | |||
<p>Maximum - 60</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Ports.AUX1PORT == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Ports.AUX1PORT</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Name</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Logical name or alias that allows channel sharing. This name should match the port’s filename.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 8 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: AUX1PORT</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Driver</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Hardware device driver.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - COM (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 - GTEK</p> | |||
<p>2 - Console</p> | |||
<p>3 - TCP/IP</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Port</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Pre-assigned port numbers.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>1 = COM1</p> | |||
<p>2 = COM2, etc.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 3 (COM3)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.BaudRate</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Baud rate of communications channel.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = 300 5 = 9600</p> | |||
<p>1 = 600 6 = 19200</p> | |||
<p>2 = 1200 7 = 38400</p> | |||
<p>3 = 2400 8 = 57600</p> | |||
<p>4 = 4800 9 = 115200</p> | |||
<p>Default: 5</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.WordLen</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Selects a 7-bit or 8-bit protocol.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = 7</p> | |||
<p>1 = 8 (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.StopBits</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Selects the last bit or element transmitted in asynchronous transmission.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = 1 Stop Bit (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = 2 Stop Bits</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Parity</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Verifies correct data transmission through character matching at sending and receiving end.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = None</p> | |||
<p>1 = Even</p> | |||
<p>2 = Odd (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.FlowControl</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>How the flow of data is controlled.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = None (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Software</p> | |||
<p>2 = Hardware</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.CarrierDelay</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Time before carrier loss is recognized.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0 (in 54ms units)</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.LinkType</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Determines whether a modem is used.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = No modem</p> | |||
<p>(Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Hayes compatible modem</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.LinkIniFileName</p> | |||
| <p>Display-only. Displays modem initialization filename if 1 was selected for the LinkType parameter. Otherwise, displays “NONE”.</p> | |||
| <p>Displays “NONE”.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.CommType</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Determines whether default protocol is used.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = No packetization</p> | |||
<p>1 = Packetized (checksum) (Default)</p> | |||
<p>2 = Packetized (CRC16)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxOpens</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of concurrent processes that can open this port.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 20</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 100</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvTimeout</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Receiver timeout.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 5555</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxTimeout</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Transmitter timeout.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 5555</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxRcvPacketLen</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Largest record size port can receive.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 6 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1024</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 800,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxTxPacketLen</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Largest record size port can transmit.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 6 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1024</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 800,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxQueues</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of transmitter queue entries.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvQueues</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of receiver queue entries.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxBuffSize</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Size of buffer allocated.</p> | |||
<p>Note: Changing this parameter is not recommended.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 256</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvBuffSize</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Receive buffer size.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 256</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ModemDelay</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Controls reset for an external modem.</p> | |||
<p>It is now possible for the modem self test to reset an external modem connected to the Remote Port via a power relay.</p> | |||
<p>To enable this feature:</p> | |||
<p>1. ModemDelay to a value in seconds greater than zero. (Seven seconds seems to be the sufficient for most external modems.)</p> | |||
<p>2. Set ModemDelay to zero (the default) for all internal modems. When enabled, the modem self test will bring pin 11 on AUX block 2 low for two seconds in order to toggle the power relay and reset the external modem. It then waits for ModemDelay seconds before reinitializing the modem.</p> | |||
<p>ModemDelay is the time it takes for the modem to finish its power-up sequence and be ready to receive commands and data. If it is set too small, the modem may not be reinitialized correctly afterwards.</p> | |||
<p>The modem self test is triggered by the MST and SHS commands. The APU-102 also runs the test itself on boot up and every fifteen minutes thereafter. These tests are only applicable on port defined in RemoteSupport.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 2 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p>Typical Settings:</p> | |||
<p>Hayes External - 7</p> | |||
<p>Maximum – 60</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Ports.AUX2PORT == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Ports.AUX2PORT</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Name</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Logical name or alias that allows channel sharing. This name should match the port’s filename.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 8 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: AUX2PORT</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Driver</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Hardware device driver.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 - COM (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 - GTEK</p> | |||
<p>2 - Console</p> | |||
<p>3 - TCP/IP</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Port</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Pre-assigned port numbers.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>1 = COM1</p> | |||
<p>2 = COM2, etc.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 6 (COM6)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.BaudRate</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Baud rate of communications channel.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = 300 5 = 9600</p> | |||
<p>1 = 600 6 = 19200</p> | |||
<p>2 = 1200 7 = 38400</p> | |||
<p>3 = 2400 8 = 57600</p> | |||
<p>4 = 4800 9 = 115200</p> | |||
<p>Default: 5</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.WordLen</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Selects a 7-bit or 8-bit protocol.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = 7</p> | |||
<p>1 = 8 (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.StopBits</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Selects the last bit or element transmitted in asynchronous transmission.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = 1 Stop Bit (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = 2 Stop Bits</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Parity</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Verifies correct data transmission through bit matching at sending and receiving end.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = None (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Even</p> | |||
<p>2 = Odd</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.FlowControl</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>How the flow of data is controlled.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = None (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Software</p> | |||
<p>2 = Hardware</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.CarrierDelay</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Time before carrier loss is recognized.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0 (in 54ms units)</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.LinkType</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Determines whether a modem is used.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = No modem</p> | |||
<p>(Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Hayes compatible modem</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.LinkIniFileName</p> | |||
| <p>Display-only. Displays modem initialization filename if 1 was selected for the LInkType parameter. Otherwise, displays “NONE”.</p> | |||
| <p>Displays “NONE.”</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.CommType</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Determines whether default protocol is used.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = No packetization</p> | |||
<p>1 = Packetized (checksum) (Default)</p> | |||
<p>2 = Packetized (CRC16)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxOpens</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of concurrent processes that can open this port.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 20</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 100</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvTimeout</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Receiver timeout.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 5555</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxTimeout</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Transmitter timeout.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units).</p> | |||
<p>Default: 5555</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxRcvPacketLen</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Largest record size port can receive.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 6 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1024</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 800,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxTxPacketLen</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Largest record size port can transmit.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1024</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 800,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxQueues</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of transmitter queue entries.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvQueues</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of receiver queue entries.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TxBuffSize</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Size of buffer allocated.</p> | |||
<p>Note: Changing this parameter is not recommended.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 256</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RcvBuffSize</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Receive buffer size.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 256</p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 10,000</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ModemDelay</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Controls reset for an external modem.</p> | |||
<p>It is now possible for the modem self test to reset an external modem connected to the Remote Port via a power relay.</p> | |||
<p>To enable this feature:</p> | |||
<p>1. ModemDelay to a value in seconds greater than zero. (Seven seconds seems to be the sufficient for most external modems.)</p> | |||
<p>2. Set ModemDelay to zero (the default) for all internal modems. When enabled, the modem self test will bring pin 11 on AUX block 2 low for two seconds in order to toggle the power relay and reset the external modem. It then waits for ModemDelay seconds before reinitializing the modem.</p> | |||
<p>ModemDelay is the time it takes for the modem to finish its power-up sequence and be ready to receive commands and data. If it is set too small, the modem may not be reinitialized correctly afterwards.</p> | |||
<p>The modem self test is triggered by the MST and SHS commands. The APU-102 also runs the test itself on boot up and every fifteen minutes thereafter.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 2 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p>Typical Settings:</p> | |||
<p>Hayes external – 7</p> | |||
<p>Maximum - 60</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Ports.NetModem == | |||
=== Ports.NetModem.LocalServer === | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 597px;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 188.875px;" | <p>Ports.NetModem.LocalServer</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 188.875px;" | <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 765.828px;" | <p>Description</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 241.297px;" | <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- style="height: 455px;" | |||
| style="height: 455px; width: 188.875px;" | <p>.LocalModemPort Filename</p> | |||
| style="height: 455px; width: 765.828px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>If a valid port name is specified</p> | |||
<p>(normally $REMPORT.DAT), the NetModem interface will be activated on this unit, allowing other units to access the specified port and its modem from the network.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>NOTE: Do NOT set this port to be "ETHERNET" or "NETMODEM"!</p> | |||
| style="height: 455px; width: 241.297px;" | <p>Up to 15 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>$REMPORT.DAT (modem) communications port</p> | |||
<p>$LOCPORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Local communications port</p> | |||
<p>AVI1PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #1</p> | |||
<p>AVI2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #2</p> | |||
<p>AUX1PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #1</p> | |||
<p>AUX2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #2</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Default: BLANK</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- style="height: 86px;" | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 188.875px;" | <p>.LocalModemIPPort</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 765.828px;" | <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Required only if Ports.NetModem.LocalModemPort Filename is valid port defined.</p> | |||
| style="height: 86px; width: 241.297px;" | <p>Up to 15 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>TCP/IP port used for this process.</p> | |||
<p>Default = 25</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
=== Ports.NetModem.RemoteServer1 === | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Ports. NetModem.RemoteServer1</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.RemoteServer1</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>If "NETMODEM" is specified as the "PortFile" in any reporting session, this parameter must be set with the IP Address or URL of the unit containing the modem that will used for outbound communications.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>The "LocalServer" section of the NETMODEM port must be setup on that unit. (the NetModem Server)</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>IP address or URL of NetModem Server</p> | |||
<p>NONE = Disabled</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Default: BLANK</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.LocalModemIPPort</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Required if RemoteServer1is defined.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 15 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>TCP/IP port used for this process.</p> | |||
<p>Default = 25</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Ports.Ethernet == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Ports.Ethernet</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.IPAddress</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is an auto configuration protocol used on IP networks. Computers that are connected to IP networks must be configured before they can communicate with other computers on the network. DHCP allows a computer to be configured automatically by the server, eliminating the need for intervention by a network administrator. It also provides a central database for keeping track of computers that have been connected to the network. This prevents two computers from accidentally being configured with the same IP address. A static IP is permanently assigned to the APU-102. Used caution to avoid duplicate IP’s on the connected network. Example, 192.168.1.10</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 15 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>DHCP</p> | |||
<p>IPv4 dot-decimal IP address.</p> | |||
<p>IP Address = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</p> | |||
<p>NONE = Disabled</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Default: NONE</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.SubnetMask</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Required only if Ports.Ethernet.IPAddress has valid static IP set. For example, with the IP set to 192.168.1.10, subnet 255.255.255.0 would be the network mask for the 192.168.1.0 through 192.168.1.255 network.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 15 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>IPv4 dot-decimal.</p> | |||
<p>User-defined if applicable.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Gateway</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>In computer networking, a gateway is a node (a router) on a TCP/IP network that serves as an access point to another network such as the host system network or internet. Valid only if Ports.Ethernet.IPAddress has valid static IP set. </p> | |||
| <p>Up to 15 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>IPv4 dot-decimal IP address.</p> | |||
<p>User-defined if applicable.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.DNSTableFilename</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>The DNSTableFilename allows users to specify a text file that has list of Domain Name Servers (DNS) for the APU to use. The IP’s listed in the file are servers used to resolve the hostname from a URL into a numeric IP so connection can be established. If Ports.Ethernet.IPAddress is set to DHCP, this functionality is handled by the server and is not required on the APU.</p> | |||
| <p>Recommend using MS-DOS 8.3 file naming convention for file name. File would contain a list of IPv4 dot-decimal IP addresses. File can be created with any text editor and uploaded to the APU-102. Refer to section ''A14.3 ''below for example.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.PassThroughToPort</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Inbound connection redirected to specified port.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>$REMPORT.DAT Remote (modem) communications port</p> | |||
<p>$LOCPORT.DAT Local communications port</p> | |||
<p>AVI1PORT.DAT Reader port #1</p> | |||
<p>AVI2PORT.DAT Reader port #2</p> | |||
<p>AUX1PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #1</p> | |||
<p>AUX2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p> Auxiliary port #2</p> | |||
<p>Default = NONE</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AlternateTelnet</p> | |||
<p>PortEnabled</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>If enabled, remote support through an Ethernet connection can be achieved through the port specified in AlternateTelnetPort. The APU may still have port 23 open.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Disabled (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Enabled</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.AlternateTelnet</p> | |||
<p>Port</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>If AlternateTelnetPortEnable is set to 1, AlternateTelnetPort must be specified.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.UseAlternateTelnetPortOnly</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Disables telnet access on ports 23 and 1023</p> | |||
<p>AlternateTelnetPortEnabled must be set to 1 and an AlternateTelnetPort must be specified. (B117)</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Disabled (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Enabled</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<br> | |||
= Disk Manager = | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Disk Manager</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.SaveRawData</p> | |||
| <p>Required (version 4.x. Automatically saved in 5.0+)</p> | |||
<p>Save or delete raw acquisition data after consist is reported.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Raw data is not saved.</p> | |||
<p>1 = Raw acquisition data files are saved after consist is reported. (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.SaveProcessedData</p> | |||
| <p>Required. (version 4.x. Automatically saved in 5.0+)</p> | |||
<p>Save or delete processed data after consist is reported.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Processed data will not be saved. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Processed data is saved after consist is reported.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.SaveReports</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Save or delete report files after consist is reported.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Report files are deleted after consist is reported. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 = Report files are saved after consist is reported.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TrainLogEnabled</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Enable or disable train log generation.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = Do not generate train log event files.</p> | |||
<p>1 = Generate train log event files. (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MaxTrains</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Maximum number of trains allowed on the disk.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>'''Note: Changing this parameter requires Master Reset (MR) with reboot option.'''</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default:</p> | |||
<p>4.x = 32</p> | |||
<p>5.0+ = 100</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Maximum: 32 (4.x)</p> | |||
<p>Maximum recommended for 5.0+: 100</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
= TimeZoneControl = | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>'''Note'''</p> | |||
| <p>Changes to timezone parameters on pre-5.2, L-Series APU-102 require a reboot. Then reset the time if necessary and run “SHELL COMMIT” command to commit the changes to the protected partition.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|} | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>TimeZoneControl</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TimeZone</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Time zone of the APU-102's time. UTC minus this number of hours defines the standard time for the APU. This number has the opposite sign of the number you will find on world time zone maps. (For example Central Standard Time shows up as –6 on such maps).</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>4 = Atlantic</p> | |||
<p>5 = Eastern</p> | |||
<p>6 = Central (Default)</p> | |||
<p>7 = Mountain</p> | |||
<p>8 = Pacific</p> | |||
<p>-12 to 12 = Refer to world time zone map.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.DSTEnable</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Determines whether the APU-102 uses Standard Time only or whether adjustments are made for Daylight Savings Time.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = The APU-102 uses Standard Time only. Do not observe DST.</p> | |||
<p>1 = The APU-102 will switch into and out of Daylight Savings Time at the correct time of the year. (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ReferenceTimeZone</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Time zone location of host. Controls when DST changes are made. Required only if TimeZoneControl.DSTEnable is set to one. UTC minus this number of hours defines the standard time zone location when you want the change to occur. Typically set to the time zone of the consist host. This number has the opposite sign of the number you will find on world time zone maps. (For example Central Standard Time shows up as –6 on such maps).</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>4 = Atlantic</p> | |||
<p>5 = Eastern</p> | |||
<p>6 = Central (Default)</p> | |||
<p>7 = Mountain</p> | |||
<p>8 = Pacific</p> | |||
<p>-12 to 12 = Refer to world time zone map.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TimeSyncWithHost</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Synchronization with host.</p> | |||
<p>Note: The APU-102 needs to know when the host system is using daylight savings time and will adjust accordingly. Based on US standard DST rules, effective 2007.</p> | |||
<p>The time zone is read after host system date is read. The 1-character zone and 2-charater time are read in the following format:</p> | |||
<p>E (Eastern)</p> | |||
<p>C (Central)</p> | |||
<p>M (Mountain)</p> | |||
<p>P (Pacific)</p> | |||
<p>AND</p> | |||
<p>DT – Daylight Time</p> | |||
<p>ST – Standard Time</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>0 = No host time sync</p> | |||
<p>1 = Session 1 host time sync (Default)</p> | |||
<p>2 = Session 2 host time sync</p> | |||
<p>3 = Session 3 host time sync</p> | |||
<p>4 = Session 4 host time sync</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.TimeZoneMinutesFromUTC</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Time zone of the APU's time. UTC, with this number of minutes offset, defines the standard time for the APU. Required when .TimeZone is set to 13 for International Daylight Savings. (pre 5.1.1 Build 103)</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
| <p>Up to 4 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Range:</p> | |||
<p>-750 to +750</p> | |||
<p>-240 = Atlantic</p> | |||
<p>-300 = Eastern</p> | |||
<p>-360 = Central (Default)</p> | |||
<p>-420 = Mountain</p> | |||
<p>-480 = Pacific</p> | |||
<p>+600 = Sydney</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
= DaylightSavings (APU software version 5.1.1 B103+) = | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>DaylightSavings</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.CustomDSTRulesFileName</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>TimezoneControl above handles setup for standard US time zone/Daylight Savings Time rules that became effective March 2007. New method for daylight savings rules other than US will be handled by a custom DST file (created as necessary by Comet Electronics). This change becomes effective with version 5.1.1, Build 103 or later. Former DaylightSavings parameters no longer apply.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 12 alphanumeric</p> | |||
<p>File name of DST rule set file</p> | |||
<p>Default: blank (follows US rules)</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>e.g., MEX_DST.DAT for Mexico DST rule set.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>This is a custom file created by Comet Electronics as necessary.</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
= SysDiags (System Diagnostics) = | |||
== SysDiags.PresenceLoop == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>SysDiags.PresenceLoop</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MinAxles</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Number of consecutive axles used to determine the present speed of the train. The range is from 1 to 7. A lower number will be more sensitive to changes in speed.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 3</p> | |||
<p>Range: 1 – 7</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Site evaluation required before setting below default.</p> | |||
<p>Refer to document 377-0004-00 for evaluation procedure.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.LowSpeedThresh</p> | |||
<p>.HighSpeedThresh</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>Low speed threshold and high speed threshold. Used to determine if external presence is stuck. If the previous speed is less than LowSpeedThresh and the current speed is greater than HighSpeedThresh, the external presence will be disabled and the previous train will be processed. This action is taken because if the previous speed is slow enough and the current speed high enough they cannot belong to the same train.</p> | |||
<p>HighSpeedThresh is also used to timeout on its own. If the current speed is high enough the train can’t possibly stop between axles, the external presence will be disabled and train processed on timeout basis.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 4 (Low speed)</p> | |||
<p>15 (High speed)</p> | |||
<p>Range: 1 - 100 (Low speed)</p> | |||
<p>15 - 100 (High speed)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Site evaluation required before changing from defaults.</p> | |||
<p>Refer to document 377-0004-00 for evaluation procedure.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.PresTimeOutAboveSpeed</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>The speed above which a time limit will be used to determine the presence timeout interval.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 15</p> | |||
<p>Range: 1 – 100</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Site evaluation required before changing from defaults.</p> | |||
<p>Refer to document 377-0004-00 for evaluation procedure.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.PresenceTimeoutSeconds</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>The maximum number of seconds presence will remain active if no axles are detected and the last known axle speed was above PresTimeOutAboveSpeed.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 4 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 30</p> | |||
<p>Range: 1 - 3600</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Site evaluation required before changing from default.</p> | |||
<p>Refer to document 377-0004-00 for evaluation procedure.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.SecondsBetweenTrains</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>The minimum number of seconds between trains before presence can be forced inactive. If two trains are this close together, they will be considered one train even if LowSpeedThresh and HighSpeedThresh say otherwise.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 4 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 20</p> | |||
<p>Range: 1 – 7200</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Site evaluation required before setting below default.</p> | |||
<p>Refer to document 377-0004-00 for evaluation procedure.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ExcessPresencePeriod</p> | |||
<p>WarningTimeout</p> | |||
| <p>Optional. The APU will send Presence Circuit Warning messages periodically (interval in minutes) as long as the presence input is active and there are no wheel events (or no wheel events since the last log message was issued). No over-ride is done; messaging only. If set to 0, this function is not active.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 4 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p>Range: 0 – 1440</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Version 5.10 Build 1+</p> | |||
<p>Site evaluation required before setting.</p> | |||
<p>Refer to document 377-0004-00 for evaluation procedure.</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
== SysDiags.Antenna == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>SysDiags.Antenna</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ConsecutiveTrains</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>The number of consecutive valid trains to be used when determining a failure or warning condition. If ConsecutiveTrains is 0, antenna failures will not be detected.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 2 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
<p>Range: 1 - 25</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MinTrainLength</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>The minimum number of cars required in the train for it to be considered a valid train.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 10</p> | |||
<p>Range: 1 - 100</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.FatalTagPercent</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>If the percentage of valid tag pairs on the previous ConsecutiveTrains is less than FatalTagPercent, an Antenna Failure message will be generated. The tag percentage is determined by the total number of valid tag pairs/the total number of cars in the previous ConsecutiveTrains.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
<p>Range: 1 - 100</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.WarningTagPercent</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>If the percentage of valid tag pairs on the previous ConsecutiveTrains is less than WarningTagPercent, an Antenna Warning message will be generated. The tag percentage is determined by the total number of valid tag pairs/the total number of cars in the previous ConsecutiveTrains.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 50</p> | |||
<p>Range: 1 - 100</p> | |||
|- | |||
| | |||
<br> | |||
| | |||
<br> | |||
| | |||
<br> | |||
| | |||
<br> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
== SysDiags.WheelDet == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>SysDiags.WheelDet</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ConsecutiveTrains</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>The number of consecutive times external presence became active and then went off. If this value is 0, transducer failures will not be detected.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 1</p> | |||
<p>Range: 1 - 100</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MinValidTagPairs</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>The minimum number of valid tag pairs (matching tags, one from each antenna on opposite ends of the car). A Wheel Detector Failure message is generated if no wheels are detected and ConsecutiveTrains pass with fewer than MinValidTagPairs detected.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 3</p> | |||
<p>Range: 1 – 100</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MinimumMismatchSpeed</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>The speed below which a train is not checked for mismatched A or B wheel events and, therefore, not reported as warnings or failures. If either the minimum, average, or maximum train speed drops below this speed in mph, the train will not be checked for mismatched wheel events.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 3 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 8 mph</p> | |||
<p>Range: 0-255</p> | |||
<p>A value of 255 will disable both warnings and failures.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.FailureMismatchPercent</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>The failure threshold in mismatched A or B events per hundred axles. If the number of A or B events exceeds the number of axles by this percentage, a Wheel Detector Failure message is logged.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 10</p> | |||
<p>Range: 0-65535</p> | |||
<p>Measured in mismatched events per 100 axles.</p> | |||
<p>A value of 65535 disables this feature.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.WarningMismatchPercent</p> | |||
| <p>Required.</p> | |||
<p>The warning threshold in mismatched A and B events per 100 axles. If the number of A or B events exceeds the number of axles by this percentage, a Wheel Detector Warning message is logged.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
<p>Range: 0-65535</p> | |||
<p>Measured in mismatched events per 100 axles.</p> | |||
<p>A value of 65535 disables this feature.</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== DebugFlags == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>DebugFlags</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.HBDLogging</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Debug only. Logging of HBD interactions between the HBD and APU-102.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>1 = Enabled</p> | |||
<p>0 = Disabled (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.NetModemClientLogging</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Debug only. Logging of NetModem activity. Client side only.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>1 = Enabled</p> | |||
<p>0 = Disabled (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.NetModemServerLogging</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Debug only. Logging of NetModem activity. Server side only.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>1 = Enabled</p> | |||
<p>0 = Disabled (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.NetMenuLogging</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Debug only. Logging of NetMenu activity.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>1 = Enabled</p> | |||
<p>0 = Disabled (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.DistributedAEILogging</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Debug only. Logging of Distributed AEI activity.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>1 = Enabled</p> | |||
<p>0 = Disabled (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.ExtTempProbeLogging</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Debug only. Logging of External Temperature Probe activity.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>1 = Enabled</p> | |||
<p>0 = Disabled (Default)</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
= NetMenu = | |||
== NetMenu.NetMenuItem1 == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>NetMenu. NetMenuItem#</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MenuOption#Name</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>This is the name displayed on the Equipment Selection Screen. All units including the NetMenu Server must be identified.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 39 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Default: BLANK</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.MenuOption#Enable</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Required if RemoteServer1is defined.</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>1 = Enabled</p> | |||
<p>0 = Disabled (Default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.IPAddressOrURL</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>IP address or URL of the device named in .MenuOption#Name above</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 39 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>IP address or URL of NetModem Server</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Default: BLANK</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.IPPort</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>This is the port number used when accessing an IP Address or URL. Some examples are 23 for APU telnet and 1023 for HCP telnet.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 15 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>TCP/IP port used for this process.</p> | |||
<p>Default = 23</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.PassThroughToPort</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Inbound connection redirected to specified port.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>AVI1PORT.DAT Reader port #1</p> | |||
<p>AVI2PORT.DAT Reader port #2</p> | |||
<p>AUX1PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #1</p> | |||
<p>AUX2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p> Auxiliary port #2</p> | |||
<p>Default = NONE</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
|- | |||
| | |||
<br> | |||
| | |||
<br> | |||
| | |||
<br> | |||
| | |||
<br> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
== NetMenu.NetMenuSystem == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>NetMenu. NetMenuSystem</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Enable</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Enables NetMenu system. Enable on NetMenu Server only (the APU-102 with the inbound telephone line connection).</p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>1 = Enabled</p> | |||
<p>0 = Disabled</p> | |||
|- | |||
| | |||
<br> | |||
| | |||
<br> | |||
| | |||
<br> | |||
| | |||
<br> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
= SupportThreads = | |||
== SupportThreads.DetectorSupportThread == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>SupportThreads.DetectorSupportThread</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.PortFile</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Port filename. Indicates the port on which external defect detectors communicate with the APU-102 to harvest Consist data.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Remote (modem) communications port</p> | |||
<p>$LOCPORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Local communications port</p> | |||
<p>AVI1PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #1</p> | |||
<p>AVI2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #2</p> | |||
<p>AUX1PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #1</p> | |||
<p>AUX2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #2</p> | |||
<p>ETHERNET.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Ethernet port</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Typically: AUX1PORT.DAT or AUX2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Default: NONE</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
== SupportThreads.GEMicroHBDSupportThread == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>SupportThreads.GEMicroHBDSupportThread</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.PortFile</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Port filename. Indicates the port on which the APU-102 communicates with the GE Micro Hot Box Detector</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 29 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>Remote (modem) communications port</p> | |||
<p>$LOCPORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Local communications port</p> | |||
<p>AVI1PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #1</p> | |||
<p>AVI2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Reader port #2</p> | |||
<p>AUX1PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #1</p> | |||
<p>AUX2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Auxiliary port #2</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Typically: AUX1PORT.DAT or AUX2PORT.DAT</p> | |||
<p>Default: NONE</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.LoggerSwitch</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
| <p>0 - Off. No data is logged. (Default)</p> | |||
<p>1 - Status & Local activity messages are logged.</p> | |||
<p>2 - Status & Local activity messages are logged.</p> | |||
<p> Channel communications are logged when recording a train.</p> | |||
<p>3 - Everything is logged, all the time (uses lots of disk space).</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
== SupportThreads.NTPService == | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>SupportThreads.NTPService</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter</p> | |||
| <p>Description</p> | |||
| <p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.Enable</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Enables NTP Service (Network Time Protocol). This feature allows the APU-102 to synchronize its clock with a network Time Server. It can use private time server or an Internet time server if it is reachable. </p> | |||
| <p>1 numeric.</p> | |||
<p>1 = Enabled</p> | |||
<p>0 = Disabled</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.IPAddressOrHostName</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>or</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>.PrimaryIPAddressOrURL</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Required if NTP service is enabled. (Parameter name version dependent)</p> | |||
<p>IP address or URL</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 39 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>IP address or URL of NTP Server</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Default: BLANK</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.SecondaryIPAddressOrURL</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Secondary NTP service (version dependent).</p> | |||
<p>IP address or URL</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 39 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
<p>IP address or URL of NTP Server</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Default: BLANK</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>.IntervalInMinutes</p> | |||
| <p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>This is the interval in minutes to run the NTP time synchronization. APU-102’s time drift is minimal and many consists hosts provide time synchronization so frequent NTP updates are not necessary. Some NTP services will block access if excessive requests are made.</p> | |||
| <p>Up to 5 Numeric</p> | |||
<p>Interval in minutes</p> | |||
<p>Recommended: 1440 = 24hrs</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>Default: 0</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
= MoreSessions (5.2+) = | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| | |||
|- | |||
|<p>MoreSessions.Session#</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>Parameter</p> | |||
|<p>Description</p> | |||
|<p>Valid Value(s)</p> | |||
|- | |||
|<p>Session#.SiteInformation</p> | |||
<p>.SalutationMessage</p> | |||
|<p>Optional.</p> | |||
<p>Entering a SiteInformationSalutationMessage will activate additional session. Setup is same for remainder of session information. Refer to section A.1 of this Appendix. A reboot is required to make active.</p> | |||
|<p>Up to 39 alphanumeric.</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
= Filename Parameter Options = | |||
== Acquisition.Reader Parameters == | |||
<p>The following table lists alternative filename parameters for the Acquisition.Reader parameters:</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Acquisition.Reader Parameters</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Parameter(s)</p> | |||
| <p>Filename Option</p> | |||
| <p>Hardware</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>Acquisition.Reader1.IniFilename</p> | |||
<p>Acquisition.Reader2.IniFilename</p> | |||
<p>Acquisition.Reader3.IniFilename</p> | |||
| <p>AI1200.INI</p> | |||
| <p>Amtech AI1200 (default)</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>AI1200RT.INI</p> | |||
| <p>Amtech AI1200 Real-Time. Tags not buffered, but sent real-time to the APU-102 and external RDR port for input to wayside defect detectors.</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>AI1603A.INI</p> | |||
| <p>Amtech AI160x SmartPass with Xpass board</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>AI9115.INI</p> | |||
| <p>Amtech AI162x set at 911.5 MHz</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>AI9150.INI</p> | |||
| <p>Amtech AI162x set at 915.0 MHz</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>AI9185.INI</p> | |||
| <p>Amtech AI162x set at 918.5 MHz</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>AI9215.INI</p> | |||
| <p>Amtech AI162x set at 912.5 MHz</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>AI9115E4.INI</p> | |||
| <p>*Amtech E4 set at 911.5 MHz</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>AI9150E4.INI</p> | |||
| <p>*Amtech E4 set at 915.0 MHz</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p>AI9185E4.INI</p> | |||
| <p>*Amtech E4 set at 918.5 MHz</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p><br></p> | |||
| <p>AI9215E4.INI</p> | |||
| <p>*Amtech E4 set at 912.5 MHz</p> | |||
|- | |||
| <p><br></p> | |||
| <p>'''*requires software version 5.1.1B104 for E4. Files may need to be uploaded to the APU-102.'''</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Ports.REMPORT Parameters == | |||
<p>The following table lists alternative filename parameters for the Ports.REMPORT parameters:</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 532px;" border="1px" cellpadding="2px" | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>Ports.REMPORT Parameters</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>Parameter(s)</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>Filename Option</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 406.594px;" | <p>Hardware</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>Ports.REMPORT.LinkIniFileName</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>DT56K.INI</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 406.594px;" | <p>DT4070-56 Modem (Version A or B; Multi-tech module) (default)</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>DT56K_24.INI</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>DT4070-56 Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 2400 baud</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>DT336.INI</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>DT4070-33 Modem (Rockwell module)</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>DT336_96.INI</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>DT4070-33 Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 9600 baud</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>DT336_24.INI</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>DT4070-33 Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 2400 baud</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>MDM144S.INI</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>DT4070 (14,400) Modem (Cermetek module)</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>M144-3.INI</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>DT4070 (14,400) Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 300 baud</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>M144-12.INI</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>DT4070 (14,400) Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 1200 baud</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>M144-24.INI</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>DT4070 (14,400) Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 2400 baud</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>M144-48.INI</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>DT4070 (14,400) Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 4800 baud</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>M144-96.INI</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>DT4070 (14,400) Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 9600 baud</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>M144-144.INI</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>DT4070 (14,400) Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 14400 baud</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>MCM2496M.INI</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>WinSystems 2496 modem</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>MCM2400.INI</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>WinSystems 2400 modem</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>MCM1414V.INI</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>WinSystems 14400 modem</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>MODEM.INI</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>Generic INI that will initialize all modems. May not report but can connect to APU</p> | |||
|- style="height: 28px;" | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 215px;" | <p>OP288.INI</p> | |||
| style="height: 28px; width: 526.078px;" | <p>Externally installed Hayes Optima 28,800 modem</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== Ports.Ethernet.DNSTableFilename Parameters == | |||
<p>If url’s are used for outbound connections, the APU needs to know how to resolve the url to numeric IP’s so it can connect. If the APU is using DHCP, the DHCP server provides the DNS routing information. If a fixed IP is used, the DNS table gives the APU a list of DNS servers to use. The following is an example DNS Table File for Ports.Ethernet.DNSTableFilename parameter:</p> | |||
<div><p><br></p> | |||
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 60%; background-color: rgb(236, 240, 241); margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; height: 92px;" border="2px" cellpadding="4px" | |||
|- style="height: 92px;" | |||
| style="width: 100%; height: 92px;" | 8.8.8.8<br>8.8.4.4<br>192.168.10.25<br>192.168.2.2<br> | |||
|} | |||
<p style="text-align: center;" ><span style="font-size: 14.4px;">Example file: DNS.DAT</span><br></p></div> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<br> | |||
== VIO.CFG (Virtual I/O Configuration file) example == | |||
<p>There are numerous opto-isolated inputs and outputs available on the APU-102. Currently, the outputs are hard coded in the application. To make use of the inputs, the APU-102 Application software needs to know the connection and usage. This is done with the VIO.CFG (Virtual I/O Configuration file). There are 2 types of inputs available. ALARMS which act on specific TTL input level transitions (logic zero or one) and COUNTS which require multiple transitions to cause action. The VIO.CFG can contain both types. Either requires numeration and identification. The lines leading with semi-colons are comments and are ignored by the APU.</p> | |||
<div> | |||
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 60%; background-color: rgb(236, 240, 241); margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="2px" cellpadding="4px" | |||
|- | |||
| style="width: 100%;" | <p>ALARMS#1</p> | |||
<p>;^ ^</p> | |||
<p>;| |</p> | |||
<p>;| +--------------- Number of alarms</p> | |||
<p>;+--------------------- Indicates how many alarms</p> | |||
<p>; Must precede actual alarms</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>ALARM#1,n"24VDC",i0,m40,a0,t5 ; AUX BLK 2 Pin 3 - Temp Probe</p> | |||
<p>;^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ </p> | |||
<p>;| | | | | | | </p> | |||
<p>;| | | | | | Ticks - Alarm must be active for this</p> | |||
<p>;| | | | | | many 55 ms ticks. This value</p> | |||
<p>;| | | | | | must be 19 or less.</p> | |||
<p>;| | | | | |</p> | |||
<p>;| | | | | Active - 0 = Active Low, 1 = Active High</p> | |||
<p>;| | | | |</p> | |||
<p>;| | | | Mask - One or two Hexadecimal digits</p> | |||
<p>;| | | | - chooses which bit to alarm on.</p> | |||
<p>;| | | |</p> | |||
<p>;| | | Index - Chooses port.</p> | |||
<p>;| | | 0 to 7 are standard APU hardware.</p> | |||
<p>;| | | 8 or higher are configurable inputs.</p> | |||
<p>;| | |</p> | |||
<p>;| | Name - Up to 10 characters printed with number in error message 139</p> | |||
<p>;| | Example: 001 Bat Chargr</p> | |||
<p>;| |</p> | |||
<p>:| Number - Printed with name in error message, as noted above.</p> | |||
<p>;| Must be 255 or less.</p> | |||
<p>;|</p> | |||
<p>;Indicates alarm</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>COUNTS#2, i3,m10,d1,t2, i0,m80,d1,t2 ; 1st=AUX BLK 1, pin 5,6</p> | |||
<p>;^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ , ^ ; 2nd=AUX BLK 2, pin 1,2 </p> | |||
<p>;| | | | | | , +- Repeat as needed for 2nd counter</p> | |||
<p>;| | | | | |</p> | |||
<p>;| | | | | +- Threshold - Counts below this value are ignored.</p> | |||
<p>;| | | | | This value should be greater than 0.</p> | |||
<p>;| | | | +---- Debounce - Must stay high for this many 1.7ms ticks.</p> | |||
<p>;| | | | This value should be greater than 0.</p> | |||
<p>;| | | +-------- Mask - Hexadecimal - chooses which bit to count.</p> | |||
<p>;| | +----------- Index - Chooses port.</p> | |||
<p>;| | 0 to 7 are standard APU hardware.</p> | |||
<p>;| | 8 or higher are configurable inputs.</p> | |||
<p>;| |</p> | |||
<p>;| +-------------- Number of counters</p> | |||
<p>;+-------------------- Indicates counters</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>;Enable route reporting where site is installed at a switch with</p> | |||
<p>;wheel detector on each route. Standard outputs from TDA-105 paralleled.</p> | |||
<p>;One TTL output from each TDA-105 wired WDC and WDD</p> | |||
<p>;Routes are : 0 - Wheel sensor C= TTL output from Route 0 TDA-105</p> | |||
<p>; 1 - Wheel sensor D= TTL output from Route 1 TDA-105</p> | |||
<p><br></p> | |||
<p>;Available signals - Standard APU Hardware</p> | |||
<p>;</p> | |||
<p>; Block Pin Index Mask Standard Use</p> | |||
<p>; --------- --- ----- ---- ------------------------</p> | |||
<p>; MAIN BLK 7 3 80 Presence</p> | |||
<p>; MAIN BLK 15 3 40 Clock sync in</p> | |||
<p>;</p> | |||
<p>; AUX BLK 1 3 3 20 User defined bit</p> | |||
<p>; AUX BLK 1 5 3 10 Wheel sensor C</p> | |||
<p>;</p> | |||
<p>; AUX BLK 2 1 0 80 Wheel sensor D</p> | |||
<p>; AUX BLK 2 3 0 40 Temp probe</p> | |||
<p>; AUX BLK 2 5 0 20 Tag valid reader 2 ant 1</p> | |||
<p>; AUX BLK 2 7 0 10 Tag valid reader 2 ant 0</p> | |||
|} | |||
</div> | |||
<p style="text-align: center;" >Example file: VIO.CFG</p> | |||
== FTP Host INI file example == | |||
<p>FTP reporting requires a matching <basefile_name.INI> file for the AccessFilename, <basefile_name.ACC> specified for AEI or maintenance reporting. For example, SAMPLE.ACC for FTP requires SAMPLE.INI. Contact Comet Electronics for assistance in creating ACC and INI files.</p> | |||
{| class="wikitable" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 60%; background-color: rgb(236, 240, 241); margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" border="2px" cellpadding="4px" | |||
|- | |||
| style="width: 100%;" | <p> [FTP]</p> | |||
<p>Host = 192.168.1.215 ;(or url, e.g., ftp.myftp.com)</p> | |||
<p>UserName = railnet</p> | |||
<p>Password = c0met</p> | |||
<p>Path = AEI</p> | |||
<p>Passive = yes</p> | |||
<p>ASCII = no</p> | |||
<p>ForceRemoteFileCheck = no</p> | |||
<p>LogFTPCommandFailures = no</p> | |||
<p>UseAlternateRemoteFilename = yes</p> | |||
<p>;CustomRemoteFileName = Contact Comet Electronics for setup assistance. Mutually exclusive with UseAlternateRemoteFilename statement</p> | |||
<p>SendCommand1=</p> | |||
<p>SendCommand2=</p> | |||
<p>SendCommand3=</p> | |||
<p>SendCommand4=</p> | |||
|} | |||
<p style="text-align: center;" >Example file: SAMPLE.INI to use with SAMPLE.ACC</p> | |||
<br> | |||
Latest revision as of 20:19, 22 December 2025
The following system parameter groups are listed as they appear on the Edit Parameters (EP) menu. See APU-102 User Interface, for information on using the EP command on the Supervisory Menu.
These parameters are for reference only and are not intended to be a comprehensive listing as the APU software is constantly evolving. Through periodic reviews and updates, we endeavor to keep it as current as possible. For parameters not found in this text, refer to the on-board help within the EP application (<CRTL>-U) or to the revision text file “VERSION.TXT” on the APU. Parameters from this text but not on your APU are not available to the current version of software in the APU.
Session-Specific Parameters
Session1.SiteInformation
Session1.SiteInformation | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.SalutationMessage |
Required. Session name displayed on login screen. If blank, session is not activated. |
Up to 39 alphanumeric. |
.SiteName |
Required. Site name. |
Up to 21 alphanumeric. Default: “UNKNOWN” |
.USIDOwnerID |
Required. Railroad identifier. Typically contains railroad’s AAR accounting code. |
Up to 5 alphanumeric. |
.USIDUnitNum |
Required. Number that uniquely identifies the unit. |
Up to 7 alphanumeric. |
.SPLC |
Optional. Standard point location code (used in the TCS format report). |
Up to 10 numeric. Default: 0 |
.StationNumber |
Optional. Site station number. |
Up to 10 numeric. Default: 0 |
.ReaderNumber |
Optional. Reader number of site (used in COMPASS and CR160 reports). |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 1 |
.Milepost |
Optional. Milepost location along the track (in tenths). 21.4 would be entered as 214. |
Up to 10 numeric. Default: 0 |
.CIRC7 |
Optional. Parameter used to describe the site (used by TCS format report only). |
Up to 7 alphanumeric. Default: 000000 |
.RailroadInitials |
Optional. Initial of railroad session supports. |
Up to 5 alphanumeric. |
.TrackDesignation |
Optional. Track description for the unit. |
Up to 7 alphanumeric. Default: MAIN |
.TrackOrientation |
Required. Defines the direction of travel of a train past the site. The first character represents the direction a leftward train would be moving, the second character is a “-”, the third character represents the train direction as it moves rightward. All directions are based on standing on the antenna ‘0’ side of the track, facing the track. Generally, railroad direction is used which may not be the same as cardinal direction. |
Up to 3 alphanumeric. E-W - Leftward train moves East; Rightward train moves West. W-E - Leftward train moves West; Rightward train moves East (Default) N-S - Leftward train moves North; Rightward train moves South S-N - Leftward train moves South; Rightward train moves North. |
.TrackDirection |
Optional. Default direction of the track. Recommend not changing but use TrackOrientation. |
Up to 3 alphanumeric. Default: L-R |
.SiteType |
Optional. Site identifier used in COMPASS report. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 0 |
.PrimaryPhoneNumber |
Optional. Main phone number of the site. (Number you would dial to reach site). |
Up to 14 alphanumeric. User-defined primary site number |
.SecondaryPhoneNumber |
Optional. Secondary phone number of the site (assuming two phone lines are available to the APU at the site). |
Up to 14 alphanumeric. User-defined second site number (if applicable). |
Session1.AEIReportOpts
Session1.AEIReportOpts | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.HostReportingOption |
Required. Describes the active state of the AEI consist reporter. Normally, this parameter is automatically set by the HR command. |
Up to 2 numeric. 0 - OFF (Default) 1 - ON (all). All trains passing site will be reported. 2 - ON (new). Only new trains passing site will be reported. 3 - ON (age threshold). Trains that are less than “TrainAgeThreshold” hours old are reported. |
.DirectionReport |
Optional. Determines which train movement directions get transmitted to the host. |
Up to 1 alphanumeric. B - Report both directions set up in .TrackOrientation parameter. (Default) E - Report only eastbound train movement. W - Report only westbound train movement. N - Report only northbound train movement. S - Report only southbound train movement. |
.TrainAgeThreshold |
Optional. Defines the maximum length of time a train remains available for transmission to the host. Required if HostReportingOption is set to 3 |
Up to 5 numeric. 0 - 9 hours Default: 6 hours |
.MinimumAxleCount |
Optional. Minimum number of axles a train must have to be reported to host. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 4 |
.MinimumCarCount |
Optional. Minimum number of cars a train must have to be reported to host. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 1 |
.ConfLevel |
Optional. Default confidence for generating consist type reports. |
Up to 2 numeric. Confidence Levels 0 - Tags are not reported. 1 - Tags reported only if both left and right tags were read. 2 - Single tags reported if consistent with car information. 3 All tags reported. (Default) |
.DTAConfLevel |
Optional. Double Track Active. Confidence level when both tracks active at a double track site. |
Up to 2 numeric. Confidence Levels 0 - Tags are not reported. 1 - Tags reported only if both left and right tags were read. 2 - Single tags reported if consistent with car information. (Default) 3 All tags reported. |
.ITCFConfLevel |
Optional. InterTrack Communications Failure. Confidence level when InterTrack Communications fail. |
Up to 2 numeric. Confidence Levels 0 - Tags are not reported. 1 - Tags reported only if both left and right tags were read. (Default) 2 - Single tags reported if consistent with car information. 3 - All tags reported. |
.ReportReverseExits |
Optional. Determines if trains that reverse out of the site get reported to the host. This parameter takes effect only if owner session has this parameter active. |
Up to 2 numeric. 0 - Do not report reverse exits. (Default) 1 - Report reverse exit moves (partial trains). |
.ReportSimulations |
Optional. Determines if software simulated trains are reported to the host. |
Up to 2 numeric. 0 - Do not report simulated trains. 1 - Report simulated trains. T94 report will indicate to the host that train is a normal train. (Default) 2 - Report simulated trains. T94 report will indicate to the host that train is simulated. |
.RouteInhibitString |
Optional. Specify routes from which trains will not be reported. Each inhibited route is specified as a single character direction (NSEW) followed by a single digit route (0-9). Example: S1N2 - Southbound trains from route 1 and Northbound trains from route 2 will not be reported. |
Up to 65 alphanumeric. Single character direction: N – North S – South E – East W – West - PLUS - Single digit route number: 0-9 |
.TransactionLogger |
Optional. Enables/Disables the consist transaction log (viewable with TLC command). This log lists the communication events to the consist host. Log is maintained relative to the train logging sequence when communications occur (from end of previous train recorded to end of current train). |
Up to 2 numeric. 0 - Do not generate reports. (Default) 1 - Enabled. Saves consist communication events for the TLC report. |
.NoReportTimeout |
Not implemented at present. |
Not applicable. |
.ReportAssociatedOnly |
Distributed AEI |
|
.ReportAssociatedOnly TimeOut |
Distributed AEI |
|
.ReportOverspeedErrors |
Distributed AEI |
|
.ReportingOrder |
Optional. Specify reporting order. |
Up to 1 numeric. 0 - sets reporting order to newest first (default). 1 - sets reporting order to oldest first. |
Session1.AEIReportConnect
Session1.AEIReportConnect | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.PortFile |
Optional. Port filename. Indicates on which APU-102 port the AEI consist reports should be sent out. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. $REMPORT.DAT (Default) $REMPORT.DAT (modem) communications port $LOCPORT.DAT Local communications port AVI1PORT.DAT Reader port #1 AVI2PORT.DAT Reader port #2 AUX1PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #1 AUX2PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #2 NETMODEM Connect via network to another APU to use its modem ETHERNET Connection via LAN or WAN to host |
.PrimaryLinkCommand |
Optional. Required if PortFile is identified and using a dial-up modem or non-FTP ETHERNET. Primary command string to connect to host. The Hayes dial command “ATDT” should precede phone numbers on dial-up modem connections. The APU software will always try this link command first. Optional. If PortFile is ETHERNET, specify the URL or IP address and port number for non-FTP transfers. If ETHERNET AND FTP or DIRECT connections, content ignored. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. ATDT+ (do not enter the +) User-defined telephone number xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx:port x=numeric IP, port number or URL:port number Note: Type <W> after ATDT to wait for tone. Commas = ½ second pause. Spaces and dashes OK. |
.SecondaryLinkCommand |
Optional. Secondary command string to connect to host. The Hayes dial command “ATDT” should precede phone numbers on dial-up modem connections. If PortFile is ETHERNET, specify the URL or IP address and port number for non-FTP transfers. This command is used after 3 unsuccessful connection attempts using the primary link command to the consist host. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. ATDT+ (do not enter the +) User-defined telephone number xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx:port x=numeric IP: port=port number URL:port Note: Type <W> after ATDT to wait for tone. Commas = ½ second pause. Spaces and dashes OK. |
.AccessFilename |
Required if PortFile is identified. Provides host interaction and determines the format in which the report is sent. File name of “ACCESS FILE” specific to the host to which the APU-102 is sending AEI reports. Required if PortFile is identified. FTP report requires a matching <basefile_name.INI> file with the FTP host information. For example, SAMPLE.ACC for FTP requires SAMPLE.INI. Refer to section A14.5 below for INI file format/contents. |
Up to 63 alphanumeric. |
Session1.MaintReportOpts
Session1.MaintReportOpts | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.ReportEnable |
Required. Controls the reporting state of the maintenance reporter process. |
Up to 3 numeric. 0 - Disabled. (Default) 1 - Enabled. Automatically initiates maintenance transaction with host if any “serious” events (event codes > 100) are logged. 2 - Enabled. Initiates maintenance transaction at intervals defined by ReportTimeout. |
.ReportTimeout |
Optional. Defines the number of minutes between maintenance reports. Maintenance messages are only issued if “ReportingEnable” mode is 1 or 2. (See ReportEnable.) Idle State Reporting: If no maintenance messages have been logged after the timeout period expires, a “No Activity” message is logged, and a transaction begins. |
Up to 5 numeric. 0 - Disable timeout > 0 - Time in minutes |
.ReportMode |
Optional. Determines when the APU-102 will reset its maintenance report timeout. |
Up to 3 numeric. 0 - Reset timeout after successful transaction has completed with maintenance host. (Default) 1 - Reset timeout after successful transaction has completed with either maintenance OR AEI host. |
.LongDelay |
Optional. Specifies the time the user must wait after three failed attempts before attempting to initiate a maintenance transaction again. |
Up to 5 numeric (in minutes). Default: 20 minutes |
.TransactionLogger |
Optional. Enables/Disables the maintenance transaction log (viewable with TLM command). This log lists the communication events to the maintenance host. Log is maintained relative to the train logging sequence when communications occur (from end of previous train recorded to end of current train). |
1 numeric. 0 – Disabled. (Default) 1 – Enabled. Saves maintenance communication events for the TLM report. |
.RptOtherSessionsEvents |
Optional. Report events logged from consist or maintenance reporting in other sessions in the maintenance report for this session. Useful if the owner has multiple sessions reporting to different hosts. |
1 numeric. 0 - Disabled. (Default) 1 - Enabled. Report events from other sessions. |
Session1.MaintReportConnect
Session1.MaintReportConnect | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.PortFile |
Optional. Port file name. Indicates on which APU port the maintenance reports should be sent out. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. $REMPORT.DAT (Default) Remote (modem) communications port $LOCPORT.DAT Local communications port AVI1PORT.DAT Reader port #1 AVI2PORT.DAT Reader port #2 AUX1PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #1 AUX2PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #2 NetModem Connect via network to another APU to use its modem Ethernet Connection via LAN or WAN to host |
.PrimaryLinkCommand |
Optional. Required if PortFile is identified and using a dial-up modem or non-FTP ETHERNET. Primary command string to connect to host. The Hayes dial command “ATDT” should precede phone numbers on dial-up modem connections. The APU software will always try this link command first. Optional. If PortFile is ETHERNET, specify the URL or IP address and port number for non-FTP transfers. If ETHERNET AND FTP or DIRECT connections, content ignored. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. ATDT+ (do not enter the +) User-defined telephone number xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx:port x=numeric IP, port=port number URL:port Note: Type <W> after ATDT to wait for tone. Commas = ½ second pause. Spaces and dashes OK. |
.SecondaryLinkCommand |
Optional. Secondary command string to connect to host. The Hayes dial command “ATDT” should precede phone numbers on dial-up modem connections. If PortFile is ETHERNET, specify the URL or IP address and port number for non-FTP transfers. This command will be used after 2 unsuccessful connection attempts using the primary link command to the maintenance host. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. ATDT+ (do not enter the +) User-defined telephone number xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx:port x=numeric IP, port=port number URL:port Note: Type <W> after ATDT to wait for tone. Commas = ½ second pause. Spaces and dashes OK. |
.AccessFilename |
Required if PortFile is identified. Provides host interaction and determines the format in which the report is sent. File name of “ACCESS FILE” specific to the host to which the APU is sending maintenance reports. FTP report requires a matching <basefile_name.INI> file with the FTP host information. For example, SAMPLE.ACC for FTP requires SAMPLE.INI. Refer to section A14.5 below for INI file format/contents. |
Up to 63 alphanumeric. |
Session1.Security
Session1.Security | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.SystemPassword |
Optional. MAIN menu password. Provides access to non-destructive command level. |
Up to 7 alphanumeric.(v5.0+) Default: SECRET Not case sensitive (Prior versions = 6 characters) |
.SupervisoryPassword |
Optional. CHANGE menu password. Provides access to critical (potentially destructive) command level. |
Up to 7 alphanumeric. (v5.0+) Default: SUPER Not case sensitive (Prior versions = 6 characters) |
.HostUserID |
Required. Identifies APU to consist hosts. Use depends on type of interfacing host. |
Up to 7 alphanumeric. |
.HostPassword |
Required. Password sent to consist hosts. Use depends on type of interfacing host. |
Up to 7 alphanumeric. |
.MaintUserID |
Optional. Identifies APU to maintenance hosts. Use depends on type of interfacing host. |
Up to 7 alphanumeric. Default: AEI |
.MaintenancePassword |
Required. Password sent to maintenance hosts. Use depends on interfacing host. |
Up to 7 alphanumeric. |
Session1.T94
Session1.T94 | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.T94FormatFile |
Required. File describing element and segment separators, units of measure, and elements and segments to be transmitted with the report. |
Up to 12 alphanumeric. |
.HeaderFile |
Optional. File to be prepended to the report. |
Up to 12 alphanumeric. |
.TrailerFile |
Optional. File to be appended to the report. |
Up to 12 alphanumeric. |
CP
These parameters were formerly used by Canadian Pacific RR and may not be applicable to your system.
CR160
These parameters were formerly used by Conrail and may not be applicable to your system.
Session1.EarlyWarning (APU software version 4.24, 5.0+)
Session1.EarlyWarning | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.ReportingOption |
Required. If this parameter is set to one, early warning reporting is enabled, which will attempt to report the first few cars of a train even if the train has not cleared the site yet. If this parameter is set to zero early warning reporting is disabled. Note: If the train clears the site before the early warning report can be sent only the normal consist is sent. |
1 numeric. Default: 0 Range: 0 or 1 |
.FirstAxleTimeout |
Optional. Required if EarlyWarning.ReportingOption above is set to one. The time in seconds after the first axle event has occurred when the report will be sent even if the desired railcar tags have not been read. If FirstAxleTimeout is set to zero it will be ignored. Note: The site must have recorded eight axle events and the number of required railcar tags in EarlyWarning.RequiredCarTags below for any report to be sent |
Up to 5 numeric. (in seconds). Minimum Recommended: 30 Range: 0 to 65535 |
.DesiredCarTags |
Optional. Required if EarlyWarning.ReportingOption above is set to one. The total number of railcar tags which the site will try to send in early warning report. If DesiredCarTags is set to zero it will be ignored. For a site with two working antennas, two tags would normally result in one railcar. If the number of seconds in EarlyWarning.FirstAxleTimeout have passed since the first recorded axle event the report will be sent anyway, even if the number of railcar tags is less than this parameter specifies. Note: The site must have recorded eight axle events and the number of required railcar tags in EarlyWarning.RequiredCarTags below for any report to be sent. |
Up to 5 numeric. Minimum Recommended: 6 Range: 0 to 65535 |
.RequiredCarTags |
Optional. Required if EarlyWarning.ReportingOption above is set to one. The total number of railcar tags which must be read to send an early warning report. For a site with two working antennas, two tags would normally result in one railcar. Note: The site also must have recorded eight axle events for any report to be sent. |
Up to 5 numeric. Minimum Recommended: 2 Range: 0 to 65535 |
.SaveData |
Optional. Required if EarlyWarning.ReportingOption above is set to one. If SaveData is set to one the APU saves early warning data as EWsstttt.xxx where ss is the session number, tttt is the train sequence number and xxx is the data file extension. If DiskManager.SaveReports is non-zero early warning reports are also saved as EWsstttt.RPs where s is also the session number. If this parameter is set to zero these files are deleted when the early warning report is marked as sent. |
1 numeric. 0 or 1. Default: 0 |
LocalSupport
LocalSupport | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.PortFile |
Optional. Port filename. Identifies the APU port onto which the local user support will be offered. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. Default: $LOCPORT.DAT |
.PassThroughToPort |
Optional. Inbound connection redirected to specified port. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. $REMPORT.DAT Remote (modem) communications port AVI1PORT.DAT Reader port #1 AVI2PORT.DAT Reader port #2 AUX1PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #1 AUX2PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #2 Default = NONE |
.UserPromptMode |
Optional. Uses settings in RemoteSupport |
|
.IdleTimeoutInMinutes |
Optional. Uses settings in RemoteSupport |
RemoteSupport
RemoteSupport | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.PortFile |
Optional. Port filename. Identifies the APU-102 port on which the remote user support will be offered. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. Default: $REMPORT.DAT |
.PassThroughToPort |
Optional. Inbound connection redirected to specified port. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. $LOCPORT.DAT Local communications port AVI1PORT.DAT Reader port #1 AVI2PORT.DAT Reader port #2 AUX1PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #1 AUX2PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #2 Default = NONE |
.UserPromptMode |
Optional. Enables enhanced system prompts which provides additional information in the prompt line. Includes site ID, S/W version, port used, current time with timezone info. |
1 numeric. 0 – Disabled. (Default) 1 – Enabled. |
.IdleTimeoutInMinutes |
Optional. Alternate Idle Timeout Period in minutes before user is logged out of current access level. |
2 numeric. 0 – Disabled (3 minute default) Range: 1 to 20 |
Acquisition Parameters
Acquisition.Operating
Acquisition.Operating | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.AntennaCheck |
Not used. |
Not applicable. |
.WheelDetectorSeparation |
Required. Specifies the distance in tenths of inches between the A and B segments of the wheel transducers. This parameter affects the speed calculations on the APU-102. |
Up to 4 numeric. Default: 40 Typical Settings Servo Passive: 100 (10 inches) Servo Zero Speed: 200 (20 inches) Tiefenbach: 40 (4 inches) |
.WheelDetectorGain |
Required. Defines the electrical interface requirements between the APU-102 and various wheel detectors. |
Up to 5 numeric (in inches). Default: 99 Typical Settings: Servo Passive (> 15 mph): 87 Servo Passive (< 15 mph): 50 Servo Zero Speed: 70 Tiefenbach (unbalanced): 83 Tiefenbach (balanced): 50 Tiefenbach using TDA-105 interface: 99 |
.WheelDetectorThreshold |
Required. Defines the electrical interface requirements between the APU-102 and various wheel detectors. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 30 (5.0+ Default: 50) Typical Settings Servo Passive (> 15 mph): 50 Servo Passive (< 15 mph): 50 Servo Zero Speed: 90 Tiefenbach (unbalanced): 55 Tiefenbach (balanced): 8 Tiefenbach w/ TDA-105 interface: 30/50 |
.RFONPres |
Required. Determines the effects of a secondary track’s presence on the local track’s RF. |
1 numeric. 0 = Turn RF on only if train is on local track. (Default) 1 = Turn RF on if train is on either track. |
.PresenceDetectMode |
Required. Determines whether wheel events can cause a train to start recording, or whether a signal from a presence loop detector is Required. Additionally determines whether the timeout calculated by the APU-102 after external presence drops is based on speed, or whether it is fixed. PresenceDetectMode, Presence Detector, Wheel Events, Timeout 0 (default), Start Presence, Start Presence, Speed Dependent 1, Start Presence, Ignored, Speed Dependent 2, Start Presence, Start Presence, Fixed 3, Start Presence, Ignored, Fixed If the timeout is fixed, the .AbsPresenceTimeout value is used as the presence timeout after the external presence drops, instead of the speed dependent timeout calculated by the APU-102. .AbsPresenceTimeout may be set to zero for the fastest possible train processing. This feature should only be used when train processing must be as fast as possible and when the external presence signal is very reliable. |
1 numeric. Valid values: 0 – 3 Note: The fixed timeout is overridden if presence is high or .ExtPresOverride is set to 1 or 2. |
.ExtPresOverride |
Required. Determines if the presence circuit used for external presence is overridden. Note: If .PresenceDetectMode is set to 2 or 3, this parameter is set to 0, and presence has dropped, the .AbsPresenceTimeout value substitutes for the PresenceTimeout value. |
1 numeric. 0 = Use presence circuit signal for presence (Default). 1 = Ignore presence circuit. 2 = Presence circuit has been automatically disabled. Software has detected malfunction with external presence. |
.Aux1Pin3Mode |
Required. Defines the functionality of the “User Defined Bit” (Aux block 1, pin 3). |
1 numeric. 0 = Not used. (Default) 1 = External Presence Mode. Signal connected to UDB pin is interpreted as a secondary external presence signal. 2 = Clock Sync Mode. Signal connected to UDB pin is interpreted as a secondary clock sync signal. 3 = Remote Presence Mode. Signal connected to UDB pin reflects the presence state of any adjacent tracks (has no effect on presence). |
.Aux1Pin3Mode1Timeout |
Optional. When Aux1Pin3 Mode is set to 1, this parameter defines the maximum amount of time the signal on the UDB pin will cause system presence. If no other sources for presence are detected, system presence will time out. |
Up to 5 numeric (in minutes). Default: 5 minutes |
.PresenceTimeout |
Required. Number of seconds presence will remain active if train speed falls below 2 mph or the number of axles detected is less than the value set in SysDiagsPresenceLoop.MinAxles. Prevents bounce and presence loop failure from interrupting presence detection. Tip: The Post Cycle process time is increased by the time entered here. A high value may delay subsequent trains; a low value may time out presence before all axles are counted. Note: If .UseAbsoluteTimeout is set to 1, this parameter is ignored and .AbsPresenceTimeout is used. |
Up to 3 numeric (in seconds). Default: 35 Minimum Recommended: 5 Note: Recommended value depends upon site specifics. |
.WheelSensorOrientation |
Required. Defines the orientation of the A and B wheel transducer segment with respect to antenna 0. |
1 numeric. 0 = AB (Typical) 1 = BA (Typical for most BN sites) To determine orientation, face the track on the antenna 0 side of the track. If A transducer is to the left of B, this value is 0. Otherwise, the value is 1. |
.WheelDetCsegMode |
Required. Determines the origin, if any, of the center (“C”) segment of the transducer. |
1 numeric. 0 = No “C” segment. 1 = Segment is hardware generated. 2 = Segment is software generated. (Default) Typical Settings Servo Passive: 0 Servo Zero Speed: 1 Tiefenbach: 2 |
.WheelDetCsegDebounce |
Optional. Defines how long the hardware generated “C” segment must be stable before the APU-102 recognizes its state. |
Up to 3 numeric (1.7 ms/unit). Default: 0 Typical Settings Servo Passive: 0 Servo Zero Speed: 5 Tiefenbach: 0 |
.MaxWheelEvents |
Required. Allows specification of the maximum number of wheel events that the APU-102 will log for a train cycle. Unused memory is the only risk in setting parameter too high. |
Up to 4 numeric. Default: 2048 (4.x) 4096 (5.0+) Range: 2048 - 8000 |
.StoppedAxleDistance |
Required. Defines the distance between the two axles on a car for use in scale operations. It improves uncoupled weigh in motion and hump site performance. Use smaller value for scale sites. |
Up to 3 numeric (in feet). 100 = Non-scale application (Default) 50 = Scale application |
.UncoupledOperation |
Required. This parameter is used for scale operations. It determines whether the operation is a non-scale application or a scale application. Uncoupled Operation, Car Length, Multi-packs 0 (Default), Use Coupler Centers, Fixup, 1 Ignore Coupler Centers/, Fixup, Add 20 ft to car length 2, Use Coupler Centers, Don’t Fixup 3, Ignore Coupler Centers/, Don’t Fixup, Add 20 ft to car length |
1 numeric. 0 = Non-scale application (Default) 1 = Scale application |
.FastPostProcessing |
Required. Governs whether the readers are reset after each train or just the uniqueness flags, which is about ten seconds faster. |
1 numeric. 0 = Readers are reset after each train. 1 = Uniqueness flags are reset after each train (faster). |
AbsPresenceTimeout |
Optional. If the .PresenceDetectMode value is set to 2 or 3, or .UseAbsoluteTimeout is is set to 1, this parameter determines the presence timeout after the external presence drops, instead of the speed-dependent timeout hard-wired into the APU-102. See the .PresenceDetectMode definition for additional information on this operation. |
Up to 4 numeric. (in seconds) |
Acquisition.InternalPresence
Acquisition.InternalPresence | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.HoldPresenceHighAxleEvents |
Based on the number of axle events specified, this parameter allows the APU-102 to package a set of uncoupled cars together as one consist at a hump yard or rotary dumper. If this parameter is greater than zero, it becomes active. Once the APU-102 identifies train presence for any reason (external presence, axle sensor, double track presence, etc.), this parameter forces the APU-102 to continue recording until the number of axle events specified here have occurred. This packages all cars that pass by the site during that period as a single consist. |
0 = Inactive # = Presence active for this number of axle events. |
.HoldPresenceHighMinutes |
Based on the time specified, this parameter allows the APU-102 to package a set of uncoupled cars together as one consist at a hump yard or rotary dumper. If this parameter is greater than zero, it becomes active. Once the APU-102 identifies train presence for any reason (external presence, axle sensor, double track presence, etc.), this parameter forces the APU-102 to continue recording until the number of minutes specified have passed. This packages all cars that pass by the site during that period as a single consist. |
0 = Inactive # = Presence active for this number of minutes. |
.UseAbsoluteTimeout |
If this parameter is enabled, the APU-102 always uses the .AbsPresenceTimeout parameter value to determine if the train has passed the site, rather than using the speed-dependant timeout. After each axle has passed and external presence drops, the APU-102 waits to make sure there are no more axles associated with that train. This period of waiting, or “timeout”, normally depends on the speed of the last few axles. |
0 = Inactive 1 = Use the .AbsPresenceTimeout parameter to determine if the train has passed the site. |
Acquisition.Reader1
Acquisition.Reader1 | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.PortFile |
Optional. Port filename. Indicates the port which the APU-102 uses to communicate with the reader. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. Default: AVI1PORT.DAT Valid Values: $REMPORT.DAT - Remote (modem) communications port $LOCPORT.DAT - Local communications port AVI1PORT.DAT Reader port #1 AVI2PORT.DAT Reader port #2 AUX1PORT.DAT - Auxiliary port #1 AUX2PORT.DAT - Auxiliary port #2 |
.IniFilename |
Required. Specifies the initialization file for the reader modules. |
Up to 31 alphanumeric. Default: Amtech AI1200.INI (for Amtech AI1200 units) For a complete list of file options, see Filename Parameter Options at the end of this appendix. |
.ReaderNumber |
Optional. Unique reader ID. |
1 numeric. 0 = First reader (Default) 1 = Second reader |
.TierAssignment |
Required. Identifies which tier the reader is covering. |
1 numeric. 0 = Railcar (Default) 1 = Lower Container 2 =Upper Container |
.AntennaAssignment |
Required. Identifies which antenna(s) the reader services. |
1 numeric. 0 = Dedicated: Reader services antenna 0 only. 1 = Dedicated: Reader services antenna 1 only. 2 = Multiplexed: Reader services both antenna 0 and 1 (Default) |
.Ant0PassiveLobe |
Required. Size of antenna 0 lobe for passive tags. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 12 |
.Ant0BatteryLobe |
Required. Size of antenna 0 lobe for battery tags. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 24 |
.Ant0AxleDisplacement |
Required. Position of antenna 0 relative to wheel sensor. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 0 If antenna is to the left of the wheel sensor (facing the rail from the antenna 0 side of the track), value should be negative. |
.Ant0GateDisplacement |
Not used. |
Not applicable. |
.Ant1PassiveLobe |
Required. Size of antenna 1 lobe for passive tags. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 12 |
.Ant1BatteryLobe |
Required. Size of antenna 1 lobe for battery tags. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 24 |
.Ant1AxleDisplacement |
Required. Position of antenna 1 relative to wheel sensor. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 0 If antenna is to the left of wheel sensor (facing the rail from the antenna 0 side of the track), value should be negative. |
.Ant1GateDisplacement |
Not used. |
Not applicable. |
Acquisition.Reader2
Acquisition.Reader2 | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.PortFile |
Optional. Port filename. Indicates the port on which the APU-102 communicates with the reader. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. Default: NONE Valid Values: $REMPORT.DAT - Remote (modem) communications port $LOCPORT.DAT - Local communications port AVI1PORT.DAT Reader port #1 AVI2PORT.DAT Reader port #2 AUX1PORT.DAT - Auxiliary port #1 AUX2PORT.DAT - Auxiliary port #2 |
.IniFilename |
Required. Specifies the initialization file for the reader modules. |
Up to 31 alphanumeric. Default: AI1200.INI (for Amtech AI1200 units) For a complete list of file options, see Filename Parameter Options at the end of this appendix. |
.ReaderNumber |
Optional. Unique Reader ID. |
1 numeric. 0 = First reader (Default) 1 = Second reader 2 = Third reader |
.TierAssignment |
Required. Identifies which tier the reader is covering. |
1 numeric. 0 = Railcar 1 = Lower Container (Default) 2 = Upper Container |
.AntennaAssignment |
Required. Identifies which antenna(s) the reader services. |
1 numeric. 0 - Dedicated: Reader services antenna 0 only. 1 - Dedicated: Reader services antenna 1 only. 2 - Multiplexed: Reader services both antenna 0 and 1. (Default) |
.Ant0PassiveLobe |
Required. Size of antenna 0 lobe for passive tags. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 12 |
.Ant0BatteryLobe |
Required. Size of antenna 0 lobe for battery tags. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 24 |
.Ant0AxleDisplacement |
Required. Position of antenna 0 relative to wheel sensor. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 0 If antenna is to the left of the wheel sensor (facing the rail from the antenna 0 side of the track), value should be negative. |
.Ant0GateDisplacement |
Not used. |
Not applicable. |
.Ant1PassiveLobe |
Required. Size of antenna 1 lobe for passive tags. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 12 |
.Ant1BatteryLobe |
Required. Size of antenna 1 lobe for battery tags. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 24 |
.Ant1AxleDisplacement |
Required. Position of antenna 1 relative to wheel sensor. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 0 If antenna is to the left of the wheel sensor (facing the rail from the antenna 0 side of the track), value should be negative. |
.Ant1GateDisplacement |
Not used. |
Not applicable. |
Acquisition.Reader3
Acquisition.Reader3 | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.PortFile |
Optional. Port filename. Indicates the port on which the APU communicates with the reader. |
Up to 29 numeric. Valid Values: $REMPORT.DAT - Remote (modem) communications port $LOCPORT.DAT - Local communications port AVI1PORT.DAT Reader port #1 AVI2PORT.DAT Reader port #2 AUX1PORT.DAT - Auxiliary port #1 AUX2PORT.DAT - Auxiliary port #2 Default: NONE |
.IniFilename |
Required. Specifies the initialization file for the reader modules. |
Up to 31 numeric. Default: AI1200.INI (for Amtech AI1200 units) For a complete list of file options, see Filename Parameter Options at the end of this appendix. |
.ReaderNumber |
Optional. Unique Reader ID.. |
1 numeric. 0 = First reader 1 = Second reader 2 = Third reader (Default) |
.TierAssignment |
Required. Identifies which tier the reader is covering. |
1 numeric. 0 = Railcar 1 = Lower Container 2 = Upper Container (Default) |
.AntennaAssignment |
Required. Identifies which antenna(s) the reader services. |
1 numeric. 0 = Dedicated: Reader services antenna 0 only. 1 = Dedicated: Reader services antenna 1 only. 2 = Multiplexed: Reader services both antenna 0 and 1. (Default) |
.Ant0PassiveLobe |
Required. Size of antenna 0 lobe for passive tags. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 12 |
.Ant0BatteryLobe |
Required. Size of antenna 0 lobe for battery tags. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 24 |
.Ant0AxleDisplacement |
Required. Position of antenna 0 relative to wheel sensor. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 0: If antenna is to the left of the wheel sensor (facing the rail from the antenna 0 side of the track), value should be negative. |
.Ant0GateDisplacement |
Not used. |
Not applicable. |
.Ant1PassiveLobe |
Required. Size of antenna 1 lobe for passive tags. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 12 |
.Ant1BatteryLobe |
Required. Size of antenna 1 lobe for battery tags. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 24 |
.Ant1AxleDisplacement |
Required. Position of antenna 1 relative to wheel sensor. |
Up to 5 numeric (in feet). Default: 0 If antenna is to the left of the wheel sensor (facing the rail from the antenna 0 side of the track), value should be negative. |
.Ant1GateDisplacement |
Not used. |
Not applicable. |
Acquisition.REDI.REDI1/Acquisition.REDI.REDI2
Acquisition.REDI.REDI1/Acquisition.REDI.REDI2 | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.PortFile |
Optional. Port filename. Indicates the port on which the APU-102 communicates with the REDI interface. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. $REMPORT.DAT - Remote (modem) communications port $LOCPORT.DAT - Local communications port AVI1PORT.DAT Reader 1 port AVI2PORT.DAT Reader 2 port AUX1PORT.DAT - Auxiliary port #1 AUX2PORT.DAT - Auxiliary port #2 Typically: AUX1PORT.DAT or AUX2PORT.DAT Default: NONE |
.DescriptorFile |
Optional. Filename for descriptor files containing information about what data types are to be made available to the remote REDI receiver. The name generally implies equipment type. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. Typical Descriptor Files APU2DRU.DAT <- TransCore Video Imaging Unit (Default) SALIENT.DAT <- Wheel Impact/Load Detector LORAM.DAT <- Automatic Wheel Inspection System UDEFINE.DAT <- User definable. |
.LoggerSwitch |
Optional. Determines what type of data the REDI interface processor logs. Important Note: This parameter should only be used under the direction of qualified technical personnel from TransCore. |
0 - Off. No data is logged. (Default) 1 - Status & Local activity messages are logged. 2 - Status & Local activity messages are logged. Channel communications are logged when recording a train. 3 - Everything is logged, all the time (uses lots of disk space). |
.InboundTerminationDelay |
Optional. Period to wait for incoming data after last record received from remote unit before train is processed by local unit. |
Up to 5 numeric.(in 54ms units) Maximum: 10,000 Default: 30 |
.InboundHeartbeatTimeout |
Optional. Defines maximum amount of time that is allowed to elapse without hearing from remote unit. Remote unit is interpreted to be “DEAD” if this timeout expires. |
Up to 5 numeric. Maximum: 10,000 Default: 300 |
.OutboundTerminationDelay |
Optional. Period to wait after last record was put into outbound file before outbound queue file can be reset. |
Up to 5 numeric. Maximum: 10,000 Default: 300 |
.OutboundHearbeatDelay |
Optional. Period between outbound idle heart-beats. |
Up to 5 numeric. Maximum: 10,000 Default: 5 seconds |
Acquisition.REDI.APU2DRU
Acquisition.REDI.APU2DRU | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.ImageTimingData |
Optional. Make Image timing data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. 0 - Do not make available. (Default) 1 - Make data for individual records available. 2 - Make data for complete files available. |
.AxleDataProcessed |
Optional. Make processed axle data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AxleDataRaw |
Optional. Make raw axle data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.WheelEventData |
Optional. Make raw wheel event data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.Axle2CarConversionData |
Optional. Make output of the axle to car converter available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.ExtendedAxle2CarData |
Optional. Make output of the extended axle to car converter available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.ScaleDataRaw |
Optional. Make raw scale data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AVIReaderDataTier0 |
Optional. Make AEI tags from tier 0 available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 2 |
.AVIReaderDataTier1 |
Optional. Make AEI tags from tier 1 available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 1 |
.AVIReaderDataTier2 |
Optional. Make AEI tags from tier 2 available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 1 |
.ATCAVIData |
Optional. Make AEI tags from adjacent track available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 1 |
.AEISummaryData |
Optional. Make AEI summary information available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
AEICompositeData |
Optional. Make composite AEI information (train consist) available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AEIConsistData |
Optional. Make AEI consist data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
Acquisition.REDI.DRU2APU
Acquisition.REDI.DRU2APU | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.ImageTimingData |
Optional. Make Image timing data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. 0 = Do not make available. (Default) 1 = Make data for individual records available. 2 = Make data for complete files available. |
.AxleDataProcessed |
Optional. Make processed axle data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AxleDataRaw |
Optional. Make raw axle data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.WheelEventData |
Optional. Make raw wheel event data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.Axle2CarConversionData |
Optional. Make output of the axle to car converter available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.ExtendedAxle2CarData |
Optional. Make output of the extended axle to car converter available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.ScaleDataRaw |
Optional. Make raw scale data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AVIReaderDataTier0 |
Optional. Make AEI tags from tier 0 available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AVIReaderDataTier1 |
Optional. Make AEI tags from tier 1 available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AVIReaderDataTier2 |
Optional. Make AEI tags from tier 2 available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.ATCAVIData |
Optional. Make AEI tags from adjacent track available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AEISummaryData |
Optional. Make AEI summary information available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
AEICompositeData |
Optional. Make composite AEI information (train consist) available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AEIConsistData |
Optional. Make AEI consist data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
Acquisition.REDI.SALIENT
Acquisition.REDI.SALIENT | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.ImageTimingData |
Optional. Make Image timing data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. 0 = Do not make available. (Default) 1 = Make data for individual records available. 2 = Make data for complete files available. |
.AxleDataProcessed |
Optional. Make processed axle data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AxleDataRaw |
Optional. Make raw axle data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.WheelEventData |
Optional. Make raw wheel event data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.Axle2CarConversionData |
Optional. Make output of the axle to car converter available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.ExtendedAxle2CarData |
Optional. Make output of the extended axle to car converter available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.ScaleDataRaw |
Optional. Make raw scale data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AVIReaderDataTier0 |
Optional. Make AEI tags from tier 0 available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 1 |
.AVIReaderDataTier1 |
Optional. Make AEI tags from tier 1 available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AVIReaderDataTier2 |
Optional. Make AEI tags from tier 2 available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.ATCAVIData |
Optional. Make AEI tags from adjacent track available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AEISummaryData |
Optional. Make AEI summary information available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
AEICompositeData |
Optional. Make composite AEI information (train consist) available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AEIConsistData |
Optional. Make AEI consist data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
Acquisition.REDI.LORAM
Acquisition.REDI.LORAM | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.ImageTimingData |
Optional. Make Image timing data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. 0 = Do not make available. (Default) 1 = Make data for individual records available. 2 = Make data for complete files available. |
.AxleDataProcessed |
Optional. Make processed axle data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AxleDataRaw |
Optional. Make raw axle data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.WheelEventData |
Optional. Make raw wheel event data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.Axle2CarConversionData |
Optional. Make output of the axle to car converter available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.ExtendedAxle2CarData |
Optional. Make output of the extended axle to car converter available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.ScaleDataRaw |
Optional. Make raw scale data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AVIReaderDataTier0 |
Optional. Make AEI tags from tier 0 available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AVIReaderDataTier1 |
Optional. Make AEI tags from tier 1 available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AVIReaderDataTier2 |
Optional. Make AEI tags from tier 2 available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.ATCAVIData |
Optional. Make AEI tags from adjacent track available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AEISummaryData |
Optional. Make AEI summary information available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AEICompositeData |
Optional. Make composite AEI information (train consist) available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AEIConsistData |
Optional. Make AEI consist data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
Acquisition.REDI.UDEFINE
Acquisition.REDI.UDEFINE | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.ImageTimingData |
Optional. Make Image timing data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. 0 = Do not make available. (Default) 1 = Make data for individual records available. 2 = Make data for complete files available. |
.AxleDataProcessed |
Optional. Make processed axle data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AxleDataRaw |
Optional. Make raw axle data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.WheelEventData |
Optional. Make raw wheel event data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.Axle2CarConversionData |
Optional. Make output of the axle to car converter available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.ExtendedAxle2CarData |
Optional. Make output of the extended axle to car converter available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.ScaleDataRaw |
Optional. Make raw scale data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AVIReaderDataTier0 |
Optional. Make AEI tags from tier 0 available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AVIReaderDataTier1 |
Optional. Make AEI tags from tier 1 available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AVIReaderDataTier2 |
Optional. Make AEI tags from tier 2 available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.ATCAVIData |
Optional. Make AEI tags from adjacent track available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AEISummaryData |
Optional. Make AEI summary information available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AEICompositeData |
Optional. Make composite AEI information (train consist) available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
.AEIConsistData |
Optional. Make AEI consist data available to remote unit. |
1 numeric. (See ImageTimingData values.) Default: 0 |
Acquisition.ITC1
Acquisition.ITC1 | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.ChannelFileName |
Optional. Port filename. Used for double-track sites only. Indicates the port on which the APU-102 communicates with the adjacent track’s APU-102. Entering a filename for this parameter activates the inter-track communication. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. Default: NONE Typically: AUX1PORT.DAT or AUX2PORT.DAT |
.InterferenceUnitLocation |
Optional. Designates where the adjacent track’s antennas are with respect to the local track’s antennas. |
1 numeric. 0 = Adjacent track’s antennas are to the right. 1 = Adjacent track’s antennas are to the left. (Default) Facing the local track from the antenna 0 site of the track, if the adjacent track’s antennas are to the left, this value should be 1. If to the right, value should be 0. |
.ITCSpeedThresh |
Optional. Speed above which intertrack communication is deactivated. Additional "Low Speed" double track logic is used below this level. Note: This parameter has no effect unless ITC is enabled. |
Up to 3 numeric. 0 - 255 (Value of 1 = 1/8 mph) Recommended value: 4.x = 80 (10 mph) 5.0+ = 24 Default: 0 |
Acquisition.Scale
Acquisition.Scale | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.PortFile |
Optional. Port filename. Indicates the port on which the APU receives information from the scale. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. Up to 29 alphanumeric. Valid Values: $REMPORT.DAT (modem) communications port $LOCPORT.DAT Local communications port AVI1PORT.DAT Reader port #1 AVI2PORT.DAT Reader port #2 AUX1PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #1 AUX2PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #2 Default: NONE |
.ConfigFile |
Optional. Name of file containing the format description for the scale to be supported. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. Default: Scale.CFG |
.RtoLoffset .LtoRoffset |
Optional. These two parameters define the offset between the APU-102’s wheel transducer and the point on the scale that the last axle of the car is on when the weight message is sent from the scale. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 0 Note: If .WeightBeforeVehicle is set to 1, these offsets are ignored. |
.ComLogger |
Optional. Specifies the active state of the scale communications logger. |
1 numeric. 0 = Scale log disabled 1 =-Scale log enabled (Default) (Data placed in “BASENAME.SCA” file.) |
.MultiplePerCar |
Optional. Determines whether the APU-102 will combine multiple scale messages for one car. Note: The very first message for a car is the gross weight; the last message is the tare weight. |
1 numeric. 0 = APU-102 does not combine multiple scale messages for one car. 1 = APU-102 combines the weights sent by the scale. |
.ScaleStartsPresence |
Determines whether the scale will start presence. Note: This is important because the weight from the scale arrives before the railcar can trigger either a presence loop or the wheel detector to start recording |
1 numeric. 0 = The scale cannot cause the APU-102 to start recording a train. 1 = The APU-102 starts recording a train if it receives a character from the scale. |
.WeightBeforeVehicle |
Determines whether the APU-102 relies on a time-based offset or whether it assigns all weights to the vehicle that follows. Note: For a rotary dumper, setting this value to 1 is a more dependable method than relying on a time based offset, since the car may remain on the scale for an indeterminate amount of time after it has been weighed. For a hump scale or a weigh-in motion scale, setting the value to 1 may not be the most dependable method. |
1 numeric. 0 = The APU-102 relies on a time-based offset. 1= The APU-102 assigns all weights to the vehicle that follows, and RtoLoffset and LtoRoffset are ignored. |
.LastRecNextTrain |
If enabled, the APU-102 takes the last weight recorded from the previous train and saves it as the first record on the next train. At a rotary dumper, the gross weight for the next car typically arrives about the same time the previous car passes the site. The gross weight really belongs on the next car, which is part of the next train. Note: Enabled only if .MultiplePerCar is enabled. |
1 numeric. 0 = Disabled 1 = The APU-102 trims the last weight recorded in the 055 file (scale file after post processing) and saves it to be the first record in the next train’s 054 file (scale file before post processing.). |
Acquisition.XTrack
Acquisition.XTrack.Track#
All tracks should be configured the same on all interconnected tracks except for local track ID.
Acquisition.XTrack.Track# | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.Enabled |
Optional. Enable This track in the XTrack coverage area. |
1 numeric. 0 = Disabled 1 = Enabled |
.Mode |
Required if Track#.Enabled and XTrack.General are set to 1. Data to be transferred for XTrack processing. |
1 numeric. 0 = Disabled 1 = Presence and Transport Enabled 2 = Transport Only Enabled (Hardware double track presence used) 3 = Presence only enabled (no data transfer). |
.IPAddress |
Required if Track#.Enabled and XTrack.General are set to 1. IP address of the track defined in this section |
Up to 29 numeric. IP address of APU-102 defined in this section Default: BLANK |
.LocationXOffset |
Required if Track#.Enabled and XTrack.General are set to 1. Convert the site layout to X/Y coordinates. The leftmost antenna as viewed from Track1 is designated as X=0 reference. Offset is distance in feet to the right of the 0 reference. |
3 numeric. (In feet) |
.LocationYOffset |
Required if Track#.Enabled and XTrack.General are set to 1. Convert the site layout to X/Y coordinates. Track designated as 1 (usually closest to equipment enclosure) is Y=0 reference. Offset is distance in feet from near rail of track 1 to near rail of this track. |
3 numeric. (In feet) |
Acquisition.XTrack.General
All tracks should be configured the same on all interconnected tracks
Acquisition.XTrack.General | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.Enabled |
Optional. Enable XTrack data sharing and processing |
1 numeric. 0 = Disabled 1 = Enabled |
.ThisTrackNumber |
Required if Track#.Enabled and XTrack.General are set to 1. The numeric representation of the track on THIS APU-102 with “1” being closest to the equipment enclosure. |
2 numeric. |
.DebugFlag |
Optional. Enable debug logging |
1 numeric. 0 = Disabled 1 = Enabled |
Acquisition.PresenceStuckOffAlarm
Acquisition.PresenceStuckOffAlarm | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.AlarmParameter ModificationEnabled |
Optional. Enable ability to tweak when STUCK OFF alarms are generated. These parameters replace the flag file "STUCKOFF.DAT" |
1 numeric. 0 = Disabled (Default) 1 = Enabled |
.MaxPresDelaySecs |
Required if AlarmParameterModification Enabled is set to 1. Time (in seconds) wheel activity is ignored before an alarm can be generated. |
Range 0-60. (in seconds) Default: 0 |
.MinTrainDurationSecs |
Required if AlarmParameterModification Enabled is set to 1. Minimum time of active presence (in seconds) before an alarm can be generated. |
Range 0-60. (in seconds) Default: 0 |
.MinTrainAxleCount |
Required if AlarmParameterModification Enabled is set to 1. Minimum amount of axles before an alarm can be generated. |
Range 0-255. (axles) Default: 0 |
Ports
Ports.REMPORT
Ports.REMPORT | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.Name |
Required. Logical name or alias that allows channel sharing. This name should match the port’s filename. |
8 alphanumeric. Default: $REMPORT |
.Driver |
Required. Hardware device driver. |
1 numeric. 0 – COM (Default) 1 – GTEK 2 – Console 3 – TCP/IP 5 – Disables Modem Self-Diagnostics. |
.Port |
Required. Pre-assigned port numbers. |
1 numeric. 1 = COM1 4 = COM4 2 = COM2 5 = COM5 3 = COM3 6 = COM6 Default: 1 |
.BaudRate |
Required. Baud rate of communications channel. |
1 numeric. 0 = 300 5 = 9600 1 = 600 6 = 19200 2 = 1200 7 = 38400 3 = 2400 8 = 57600 4 = 4800 9 = 115200 Default: 6 |
.WordLen |
Required. Selects a 7-bit or 8-bit protocol. |
1 numeric. 0 = 7 1 = 8 (Default) |
.StopBits |
Required. Selects the last bit or element transmitted in asynchronous transmission. |
1 numeric. 0 = 1 Stop Bit (Default) 1 = 2 Stop Bits |
.Parity |
Required. Verifies correct data transmission through bit matching at sending and receiving end. |
1 numeric. 0 = None (Default) 1 = Even 2 = Odd |
.FlowControl |
Required. How the flow of data is controlled. |
1 numeric. 0 = None 1 = Software 2 = Hardware (Default) |
.CarrierDelay |
Required. Time before carrier loss is recognized. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 54 (in 54ms units): Maximum: 10,000 |
.LinkType |
Required. Determines whether a modem is used. |
1 numeric. 0 = No modem 1 = Hayes compatible modem (Default) |
.LinkIniFileName |
Required. Filename with modem initialization. Displays if 1 was selected for the LinkType parameter. |
Up to 19 alphanumeric. Default: DT56K.INI (DT4070-56 Modem) For complete filename list, see Filename Parameter Options at the end of this appendix. |
.CommType |
Required. Determines whether default protocol is used. |
1 numeric. 0 = No packetization 1 = Packetized (checksum) (Default) 2 = Packetized (CRC16) |
.MaxOpens |
Required. Number of concurrent processes that can open this port. |
Up to 3 numeric. Default: 20 Maximum: 100 |
.RcvTimeout |
Required. Receiver timeout. |
Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units). Default: 5555 Maximum: 10,000 |
.TxTimeout |
Required. Transmitter timeout. |
Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units). Default: 5555 Maximum: 10,000 |
.MaxRcvPacketLen |
Required. Largest record size port can receive. |
Up to 6 numeric (in bytes). Default: 1024 Maximum: 800,000 |
.MaxTxPacketLen |
Required. Largest record size port can transmit. |
Up to 6 numeric (in bytes). Default: 1024 Maximum: 800,000 |
.TxQueues |
Required. Number of transmitter queue entries. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 1 Maximum: 10,000 |
.RcvQueues |
Required. Number of receiver queue entries. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 1 Maximum: 10,000 |
.TxBuffSize |
Required. Size of buffer allocated. Note: Changing this parameter is not recommended. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 256 Maximum: 10,000 |
.RcvBuffSize |
Required. Receive buffer size. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 256 Maximum: 10,000 |
.ModemDelay |
Required. This parameter controls reset for an external modem. It is now possible for the modem self test to reset an external modem connected to the Remote Port via a power relay. To enable this feature: 1. Set Ports.REMPORT.ModemDelay to a value in seconds greater than zero. (Seven seconds seems to be the sufficient for most external modems.) Set ModemDelay to zero (the default) for all internal modems. When enabled, the modem self test will bring pin 11 on AUX block 2 low for two seconds in order to toggle the power relay and reset the external modem. It then waits for ModemDelay seconds before reinitializing the modem. ModemDelay is the time it takes for the modem to finish its power-up sequence and be ready to receive commands and data. If it is set too small, the modem may not be reinitialized correctly afterwards. The modem self test is triggered by the MST and SHS commands. The APU-102 also runs the test itself on boot up and every fifteen minutes thereafter. These tests are only applicable on port defined in RemoteSupport. |
Up to 2 numeric. Default (in seconds): 0 Typical Settings: Hayes External – 7 Maximum – 60 |
Ports.LOCPORT
Ports.LOCPORT | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.Name |
Required. Logical name or alias that allows channel sharing. This name should match the port’s filename. |
Up to 8 alphanumeric. Default: $LOCPORT |
.Driver |
Required. Hardware device driver. |
1 numeric. 0 - COM (Default) 1 – GTEK 2 - Console 3 - TCP/IP |
.Port |
Required. Pre-assigned port numbers. |
1 numeric. 1 = COM1 2 = COM2, etc. Default: 2 |
.BaudRate |
Required. Baud rate of communications channel. |
1 numeric. 0 = 300 5 = 9600 1 = 600 6 = 19200 2 = 1200 7 = 38400 3 = 2400 8 = 57600 4 = 4800 9 = 115200 Default: 3 |
.WordLen |
Required. Selects a 7-bit or 8-bit protocol. |
1 numeric. 0 = 7 1 = 8 (Default) |
.StopBits |
Required. Selects the last bit or element transmitted in asynchronous transmission. |
1 numeric. 0 = 1 Stop Bit (Default) 1 = 2 Stop Bits |
.Parity |
Required. Verifies correct data transmission through bit matching at sending and receiving end. |
1 numeric. 0 = None (Default) 1 = Even 2 = Odd |
.FlowControl |
Required. How the flow of data is controlled. |
1 numeric. 0 = None (Default) 1 = Software 2 = Hardware |
.CarrierDelay |
Required. Time before carrier loss is recognized. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 0 (in 54ms units) Maximum: 10,000 |
.LinkType |
Required. Determines whether a modem is used. |
1 numeric. 0 = No modem (Default) 1 = Hayes compatible modem |
.LinkIniFileName |
Required. Filename with modem initialization. Displays if 1 was selected for the LInkType parameter. Otherwise, displays “NONE”. |
Displays “NONE.” |
.CommType |
Required. Determines whether default protocol is used. |
1 numeric. 0 = No packetization 1 = Packetized (checksum) (Default) 2 = Packetized (CRC16) |
.MaxOpens |
Required. Number of concurrent processes that can open this port. |
Up to 3 numeric. Default: 20 Maximum: 100 |
.RcvTimeout |
Required. Receiver timeout. |
Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units). Default: 5555 Maximum: 10,000 |
.TxTimeout |
Required. Transmitter timeout. |
Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units). Default: 5555 Maximum: 10,000 |
.MaxRcvPacketLen |
Required. Largest record size port can receive. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 1024 Maximum: 10,000 |
.MaxTxPacketLen |
Required. Largest record size port can transmit. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 1024 Maximum: 10,000 |
.TxQueues |
Required. Number of transmitter queue entries. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 1 Maximum: 10,000 |
.RcvQueues |
Required. Number of receiver queue entries. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 1 Maximum: 10,000 |
.TxBuffSize |
Required. Transmit buffer size. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 256 Maximum: 10,000 |
.RcvBuffSize |
Required. Receive buffer size. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 256 Maximum: 10,000 |
.ModemDelay |
Required. This parameter controls reset for an external modem. It is now possible for the modem self test to reset an external modem connected to the Remote Port via a power relay. To enable this feature: 1. ModemDelay to a value in seconds greater than zero. (Seven seconds seems to be the sufficient for most external modems.) Set ModemDelay to zero (the default) for all internal modems. When enabled, the modem self test will bring pin 11 on AUX block 2 low for two seconds in order to toggle the power relay and reset the external modem. It then waits for ModemDelay seconds before reinitializing the modem. ModemDelay is the time it takes for the modem to finish its power-up sequence and be ready to receive commands and data. If it is set too small, the modem may not be reinitialized correctly afterwards. In the Version 4 TCP/IP version using PPP/SLIP, Ports.LOCPORT.ModemDelay controls external reset of the TCP/IP modem connected to the local port. If the APU-102 cannot ping its nearest upstream neighbor, it toggles DTR to reset the TCP/IP modem. If the APU still can't ping its neighbor, it follows the reset procedure above. A ping test precedes all outgoing TCP/IP communications and is also run every five minutes. These tests are only applicable on port defined in LocalSupport. |
Up to 2 numeric. Default (in seconds): 0 Typical Settings: Hayes External - 7 Maximum: 60 |
Ports.AVI1PORT
Ports.AVI1PORT | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.Name |
Required. Logical name or alias that allows channel sharing. This name should match the port’s filename. |
Up to 8 alphanumeric. Default: AVI1PORT |
.Driver |
Required. Hardware device driver. |
1 numeric. 0 - COM (Default) 1 - GTEK 2 - Console 3 - TCP/IP |
.Port |
Required. Pre-assigned port numbers. |
1 numeric. 1 = COM1 2 = COM2, etc. Default: 4 (COM4) |
.BaudRate |
Required. Baud rate of communications channel. |
1 numeric. 0 = 300 5 = 9600 1 = 600 6 = 19200 2 = 1200 7 = 38400 3 = 2400 8 = 57600 4 = 4800 9 = 115200 Default: 4 (Standard RF) 5 (SmartPass) |
.WordLen |
Required. Selects a 7-bit or 8-bit protocol. |
1 numeric. 0 = 7 1 = 8 (Default) |
.StopBits |
Required. Selects the last bit or element transmitted in asynchronous transmission. |
1 numeric. 0 = 1 Stop Bit (Default) 1 = 2 Stop Bits |
.Parity |
Required. Verifies correct data transmission through bit matching at sending and receiving end. |
1 numeric. 0 = None (Default) 1 = Even 2 = Odd |
.FlowControl |
Required. How the flow of data is controlled. |
1 numeric. 0 = None (Default) 1 = Software 2 = Hardware |
.CarrierDelay |
Required. Time before carrier loss is recognized. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 0 (in 54ms units) Maximum: 10,000 |
.LinkType |
Required. Determines whether a modem is used. |
1 numeric. 0 = No modem (Default) 1 = Hayes compatible modem |
.LinkIniFileName |
File name with modem initialization. Displays only if 1 is selected for the LInkType parameter. |
Up to 19 alphanumeric. Default: NONE |
.CommType |
Required. Determines whether default protocol is used. |
1 numeric. 0 = No packetization 1 = Packetized (checksum) (Default) 2 = Packetized (CRC16) |
.MaxOpens |
Required. Number of concurrent processes that can open this port. |
Up to 3 numeric. Default: 20 Maximum: 100 |
.RcvTimeout |
Required. Receiver timeout. |
Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units). Default: 5555 Maximum: 10,000 |
.TxTimeout |
Required. Transmitter timeout. |
Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units). Default: 5555 Maximum: 10,000 |
.MaxRcvPacketLen |
Required. Largest record size port can receive. |
Up to 6 numeric (in bytes). Default: 1024 Maximum: 800,000 |
.MaxTxPacketLen |
Required. Largest record size port can transmit. |
Up to 6 numeric (in bytes). Default: 1024 Maximum: 800,000 |
.TxQueues |
Required. Number of transmitter queue entries. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 1 Maximum: 10,000 |
.RcvQueues |
Required. Number of receiver queue entries. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 1 Maximum: 10,000 |
.TxBuffSize |
Required. Size of buffer allocated. Note: Changing this parameter is not recommended. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 256 Maximum: 10,000 |
.RcvBuffSize |
Required. Receive buffer size. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 256 Maximum: 10,000 |
.ModemDelay |
Required. This parameter controls reset for an external modem. It is now possible for the modem self test to reset an external modem connected to the Remote Port via a power relay. To enable this feature: 1. ModemDelay to a value in seconds greater than zero. (Seven seconds seems to be the sufficient for most external modems.) 2. Set ModemDelay to zero (the default) for all internal modems. When enabled, the modem self test will bring pin 11 on AUX block 2 low for two seconds in order to toggle the power relay and reset the external modem. It then waits for ModemDelay seconds before reinitializing the modem. ModemDelay is the time it takes for the modem to finish its power-up sequence and be ready to receive commands and data. If it is set too small, the modem may not be reinitialized correctly afterwards. The modem self test is triggered by the MST and SHS commands. The APU-102 also runs the test itself on boot up and every fifteen minutes thereafter. These tests are only applicable on port defined in RemoteSupport. |
Up to 2 numeric. Default: 0 Typical Settings: Hayes External – 7 Maximum – 60 |
Ports.AVI2PORT
Ports.AVI2PORT | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.Name |
Required. Logical name or alias that allows channel sharing. This name should match the port’s filename. |
Up to 8 alphanumeric. Default: AVI2PORT |
.Driver |
Required. Hardware device driver. |
1 numeric. 0 - COM (Default) 1 - GTEK 2 - Console 3 - TCP/IP |
.Port |
Required. Pre-assigned port numbers. |
1 numeric. 1 = COM1 2 = COM2, etc. Default: 5 (COM5) |
.BaudRate |
Required. Baud rate of communications channel. |
1 numeric. 0 = 300 5 = 9600 1 = 600 6 = 19200 2 = 1200 7 = 38400 3 = 2400 8 = 57600 4 = 4800 9 = 115200 Default: 4 (Standard RF) 5 (SmartPass) |
.WordLen |
Required. Selects a 7-bit or 8-bit protocol. |
1 numeric. 0 = 7 1 = 8 (Default) |
.StopBits |
Required. Selects the last bit or element transmitted in asynchronous transmission. |
1 numeric. 0 = 1 Stop Bit (Default) 1 = 2 Stop Bits |
.Parity |
Required. Verifies correct data transmission through bit matching at sending and receiving end. |
1 numeric. 0 = None (Default) 1 = Even 2 = Odd |
.FlowControl |
Required. How the flow of data is controlled. |
1 numeric. 0 = None (Default) 1 = Software 2 = Hardware |
.CarrierDelay |
Required. Time before carrier loss is recognized. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 0 (in 54ms units) Maximum: 10,000 |
.LinkType |
Required. Determines whether a modem is used. |
1 numeric. 0 = No modem (Default) 1 = Hayes compatible modem |
.LinkIniFileName |
Display-only. Display modem initialization filename if 1 was selected for the LInkType parameter. Otherwise, displays “NONE”. |
Displays “NONE”. |
.CommType |
Required. Determines whether default protocol is used. |
1 numeric. 0 = No packetization 1 = Packetized (checksum) (Default) 2 = Packetized (CRC16) |
.MaxOpens |
Required. Number of concurrent processes that can open this port. |
Up to 3 numeric. Default: 20 Maximum: 100 |
.RcvTimeout |
Required. Receiver timeout. |
Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units). Default: 5555 Maximum: 10,000 |
.TxTimeout |
Required. Transmitter timeout. |
Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units). Default: 5555 Maximum: 10,000 |
.MaxRcvPacketLen |
Required. Largest record size port can receive. |
Up to 6 numeric (in bytes). Default: 1024 Maximum: 800,000 |
.MaxTxPacketLen |
Required. Largest record size port can transmit. |
Up to 6 numeric (in bytes). Default: 1024 Maximum: 800,000 |
.TxQueues |
Required. Number of transmitter queue entries. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 1 Maximum: 10,000 |
.RcvQueues |
Required. Number of receiver queue entries. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 1 Maximum: 10,000 |
.TxBuffSize |
Required. Size of buffer allocated. Note: Changing this paramete4r is not recommended. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 256 Maximum: 10,000 |
.RcvBuffSize |
Required. Receive buffer size. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 256 Maximum: 10,000 |
.ModemDelay |
Required. This parameter controls reset for an external modem. It is now possible for the modem self test to reset an external modem connected to the Remote Port via a power relay. To enable this feature: 1. ModemDelay to a value in seconds greater than zero. (Seven seconds seems to be the sufficient for most external modems.) 2. Set ModemDelay to zero (the default) for all internal modems. When enabled, the modem self test will bring pin 11 on AUX block 2 low for two seconds in order to toggle the power relay and reset the external modem. It then waits for ModemDelay seconds before reinitializing the modem. ModemDelay is the time it takes for the modem to finish its power-up sequence and be ready to receive commands and data. If it is set too small, the modem may not be reinitialized correctly afterwards. The modem self test is triggered by the MST and SHS commands. The APU-102 also runs the test itself on boot up and every fifteen minutes thereafter. These tests are only applicable on port defined in RemoteSupport. |
Up to 2 numeric. Default: 0 Typical Settings: Hayes External – 7 Maximum - 60 |
Ports.AUX1PORT
Ports.AUX1PORT | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.Name |
Required. Logical name or alias that allows channel sharing. This name should match the port’s filename. |
Up to 8 alphanumeric. Default: AUX1PORT |
.Driver |
Required. Hardware device driver. |
1 numeric. 0 - COM (Default) 1 - GTEK 2 - Console 3 - TCP/IP |
.Port |
Required. Pre-assigned port numbers. |
1 numeric. 1 = COM1 2 = COM2, etc. Default: 3 (COM3) |
.BaudRate |
Required. Baud rate of communications channel. |
1 numeric. 0 = 300 5 = 9600 1 = 600 6 = 19200 2 = 1200 7 = 38400 3 = 2400 8 = 57600 4 = 4800 9 = 115200 Default: 5 |
.WordLen |
Required. Selects a 7-bit or 8-bit protocol. |
1 numeric. 0 = 7 1 = 8 (Default) |
.StopBits |
Required. Selects the last bit or element transmitted in asynchronous transmission. |
1 numeric. 0 = 1 Stop Bit (Default) 1 = 2 Stop Bits |
.Parity |
Required. Verifies correct data transmission through character matching at sending and receiving end. |
1 numeric. 0 = None 1 = Even 2 = Odd (Default) |
.FlowControl |
Required. How the flow of data is controlled. |
1 numeric. 0 = None (Default) 1 = Software 2 = Hardware |
.CarrierDelay |
Required. Time before carrier loss is recognized. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 0 (in 54ms units) Maximum: 10,000 |
.LinkType |
Required. Determines whether a modem is used. |
1 numeric. 0 = No modem (Default) 1 = Hayes compatible modem |
.LinkIniFileName |
Display-only. Displays modem initialization filename if 1 was selected for the LinkType parameter. Otherwise, displays “NONE”. |
Displays “NONE”. |
.CommType |
Required. Determines whether default protocol is used. |
1 numeric. 0 = No packetization 1 = Packetized (checksum) (Default) 2 = Packetized (CRC16) |
.MaxOpens |
Required. Number of concurrent processes that can open this port. |
Up to 3 numeric. Default: 20 Maximum: 100 |
.RcvTimeout |
Required. Receiver timeout. |
Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units). Default: 5555 Maximum: 10,000 |
.TxTimeout |
Required. Transmitter timeout. |
Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units). Default: 5555 Maximum: 10,000 |
.MaxRcvPacketLen |
Required. Largest record size port can receive. |
Up to 6 numeric. Default: 1024 Maximum: 800,000 |
.MaxTxPacketLen |
Required. Largest record size port can transmit. |
Up to 6 numeric. Default: 1024 Maximum: 800,000 |
.TxQueues |
Required. Number of transmitter queue entries. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 1 Maximum: 10,000 |
.RcvQueues |
Required. Number of receiver queue entries. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 1 Maximum: 10,000 |
.TxBuffSize |
Required. Size of buffer allocated. Note: Changing this parameter is not recommended. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 256 Maximum: 10,000 |
.RcvBuffSize |
Required. Receive buffer size. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 256 Maximum: 10,000 |
.ModemDelay |
Required. Controls reset for an external modem. It is now possible for the modem self test to reset an external modem connected to the Remote Port via a power relay. To enable this feature: 1. ModemDelay to a value in seconds greater than zero. (Seven seconds seems to be the sufficient for most external modems.) 2. Set ModemDelay to zero (the default) for all internal modems. When enabled, the modem self test will bring pin 11 on AUX block 2 low for two seconds in order to toggle the power relay and reset the external modem. It then waits for ModemDelay seconds before reinitializing the modem. ModemDelay is the time it takes for the modem to finish its power-up sequence and be ready to receive commands and data. If it is set too small, the modem may not be reinitialized correctly afterwards. The modem self test is triggered by the MST and SHS commands. The APU-102 also runs the test itself on boot up and every fifteen minutes thereafter. These tests are only applicable on port defined in RemoteSupport. |
Up to 2 numeric. Default: 0 Typical Settings: Hayes External - 7 Maximum – 60 |
Ports.AUX2PORT
Ports.AUX2PORT | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.Name |
Required. Logical name or alias that allows channel sharing. This name should match the port’s filename. |
Up to 8 alphanumeric. Default: AUX2PORT |
.Driver |
Required. Hardware device driver. |
1 numeric. 0 - COM (Default) 1 - GTEK 2 - Console 3 - TCP/IP |
.Port |
Required. Pre-assigned port numbers. |
1 numeric. 1 = COM1 2 = COM2, etc. Default: 6 (COM6) |
.BaudRate |
Required. Baud rate of communications channel. |
1 numeric. 0 = 300 5 = 9600 1 = 600 6 = 19200 2 = 1200 7 = 38400 3 = 2400 8 = 57600 4 = 4800 9 = 115200 Default: 5 |
.WordLen |
Required. Selects a 7-bit or 8-bit protocol. |
1 numeric. 0 = 7 1 = 8 (Default) |
.StopBits |
Required. Selects the last bit or element transmitted in asynchronous transmission. |
1 numeric. 0 = 1 Stop Bit (Default) 1 = 2 Stop Bits |
.Parity |
Required. Verifies correct data transmission through bit matching at sending and receiving end. |
1 numeric. 0 = None (Default) 1 = Even 2 = Odd |
.FlowControl |
Required. How the flow of data is controlled. |
1 numeric. 0 = None (Default) 1 = Software 2 = Hardware |
.CarrierDelay |
Required. Time before carrier loss is recognized. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 0 (in 54ms units) Maximum: 10,000 |
.LinkType |
Required. Determines whether a modem is used. |
1 numeric. 0 = No modem (Default) 1 = Hayes compatible modem |
.LinkIniFileName |
Display-only. Displays modem initialization filename if 1 was selected for the LInkType parameter. Otherwise, displays “NONE”. |
Displays “NONE.” |
.CommType |
Required. Determines whether default protocol is used. |
1 numeric. 0 = No packetization 1 = Packetized (checksum) (Default) 2 = Packetized (CRC16) |
.MaxOpens |
Required. Number of concurrent processes that can open this port. |
Up to 3 numeric. Default: 20 Maximum: 100 |
.RcvTimeout |
Required. Receiver timeout. |
Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units). Default: 5555 Maximum: 10,000 |
.TxTimeout |
Required. Transmitter timeout. |
Up to 5 numeric (in 54ms units). Default: 5555 Maximum: 10,000 |
.MaxRcvPacketLen |
Required. Largest record size port can receive. |
Up to 6 numeric. Default: 1024 Maximum: 800,000 |
.MaxTxPacketLen |
Required. Largest record size port can transmit. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 1024 Maximum: 800,000 |
.TxQueues |
Required. Number of transmitter queue entries. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 1 Maximum: 10,000 |
.RcvQueues |
Required. Number of receiver queue entries. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 1 Maximum: 10,000 |
.TxBuffSize |
Required. Size of buffer allocated. Note: Changing this parameter is not recommended. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 256 Maximum: 10,000 |
.RcvBuffSize |
Required. Receive buffer size. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 256 Maximum: 10,000 |
.ModemDelay |
Required. Controls reset for an external modem. It is now possible for the modem self test to reset an external modem connected to the Remote Port via a power relay. To enable this feature: 1. ModemDelay to a value in seconds greater than zero. (Seven seconds seems to be the sufficient for most external modems.) 2. Set ModemDelay to zero (the default) for all internal modems. When enabled, the modem self test will bring pin 11 on AUX block 2 low for two seconds in order to toggle the power relay and reset the external modem. It then waits for ModemDelay seconds before reinitializing the modem. ModemDelay is the time it takes for the modem to finish its power-up sequence and be ready to receive commands and data. If it is set too small, the modem may not be reinitialized correctly afterwards. The modem self test is triggered by the MST and SHS commands. The APU-102 also runs the test itself on boot up and every fifteen minutes thereafter. |
Up to 2 numeric. Default: 0 Typical Settings: Hayes external – 7 Maximum - 60 |
Ports.NetModem
Ports.NetModem.LocalServer
Ports.NetModem.LocalServer | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.LocalModemPort Filename |
Optional. If a valid port name is specified (normally $REMPORT.DAT), the NetModem interface will be activated on this unit, allowing other units to access the specified port and its modem from the network. NOTE: Do NOT set this port to be "ETHERNET" or "NETMODEM"! |
Up to 15 alphanumeric. $REMPORT.DAT (modem) communications port $LOCPORT.DAT Local communications port AVI1PORT.DAT Reader port #1 AVI2PORT.DAT Reader port #2 AUX1PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #1 AUX2PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #2 Default: BLANK |
.LocalModemIPPort |
Optional. Required only if Ports.NetModem.LocalModemPort Filename is valid port defined. |
Up to 15 alphanumeric. TCP/IP port used for this process. Default = 25 |
Ports.NetModem.RemoteServer1
Ports. NetModem.RemoteServer1 | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.RemoteServer1 |
Optional. If "NETMODEM" is specified as the "PortFile" in any reporting session, this parameter must be set with the IP Address or URL of the unit containing the modem that will used for outbound communications. The "LocalServer" section of the NETMODEM port must be setup on that unit. (the NetModem Server) |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. IP address or URL of NetModem Server NONE = Disabled Default: BLANK |
.LocalModemIPPort |
Optional. Required if RemoteServer1is defined. |
Up to 15 alphanumeric. TCP/IP port used for this process. Default = 25 |
Ports.Ethernet
Ports.Ethernet | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.IPAddress |
Required. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is an auto configuration protocol used on IP networks. Computers that are connected to IP networks must be configured before they can communicate with other computers on the network. DHCP allows a computer to be configured automatically by the server, eliminating the need for intervention by a network administrator. It also provides a central database for keeping track of computers that have been connected to the network. This prevents two computers from accidentally being configured with the same IP address. A static IP is permanently assigned to the APU-102. Used caution to avoid duplicate IP’s on the connected network. Example, 192.168.1.10 |
Up to 15 numeric. DHCP IPv4 dot-decimal IP address. IP Address = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx NONE = Disabled Default: NONE |
.SubnetMask |
Optional. Required only if Ports.Ethernet.IPAddress has valid static IP set. For example, with the IP set to 192.168.1.10, subnet 255.255.255.0 would be the network mask for the 192.168.1.0 through 192.168.1.255 network. |
Up to 15 numeric. IPv4 dot-decimal. User-defined if applicable. |
.Gateway |
Optional. In computer networking, a gateway is a node (a router) on a TCP/IP network that serves as an access point to another network such as the host system network or internet. Valid only if Ports.Ethernet.IPAddress has valid static IP set. |
Up to 15 numeric. IPv4 dot-decimal IP address. User-defined if applicable. |
.DNSTableFilename |
Optional. The DNSTableFilename allows users to specify a text file that has list of Domain Name Servers (DNS) for the APU to use. The IP’s listed in the file are servers used to resolve the hostname from a URL into a numeric IP so connection can be established. If Ports.Ethernet.IPAddress is set to DHCP, this functionality is handled by the server and is not required on the APU. |
Recommend using MS-DOS 8.3 file naming convention for file name. File would contain a list of IPv4 dot-decimal IP addresses. File can be created with any text editor and uploaded to the APU-102. Refer to section A14.3 below for example. |
.PassThroughToPort |
Optional. Inbound connection redirected to specified port. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. $REMPORT.DAT Remote (modem) communications port $LOCPORT.DAT Local communications port AVI1PORT.DAT Reader port #1 AVI2PORT.DAT Reader port #2 AUX1PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #1 AUX2PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #2 Default = NONE |
.AlternateTelnet PortEnabled |
Optional. If enabled, remote support through an Ethernet connection can be achieved through the port specified in AlternateTelnetPort. The APU may still have port 23 open. |
1 numeric. 0 = Disabled (Default) 1 = Enabled |
.AlternateTelnet Port |
Optional. If AlternateTelnetPortEnable is set to 1, AlternateTelnetPort must be specified. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 0 |
.UseAlternateTelnetPortOnly |
Optional. Disables telnet access on ports 23 and 1023 AlternateTelnetPortEnabled must be set to 1 and an AlternateTelnetPort must be specified. (B117) |
1 numeric. 0 = Disabled (Default) 1 = Enabled |
Disk Manager
Disk Manager | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.SaveRawData |
Required (version 4.x. Automatically saved in 5.0+) Save or delete raw acquisition data after consist is reported. |
1 numeric. 0 = Raw data is not saved. 1 = Raw acquisition data files are saved after consist is reported. (Default) |
.SaveProcessedData |
Required. (version 4.x. Automatically saved in 5.0+) Save or delete processed data after consist is reported. |
1 numeric. 0 = Processed data will not be saved. (Default) 1 = Processed data is saved after consist is reported. |
.SaveReports |
Required. Save or delete report files after consist is reported. |
1 numeric. 0 = Report files are deleted after consist is reported. (Default) 1 = Report files are saved after consist is reported. |
.TrainLogEnabled |
Required. Enable or disable train log generation. |
1 numeric. 0 = Do not generate train log event files. 1 = Generate train log event files. (Default) |
.MaxTrains |
Required. Maximum number of trains allowed on the disk. Note: Changing this parameter requires Master Reset (MR) with reboot option. |
Up to 3 numeric. Default: 4.x = 32 5.0+ = 100 Maximum: 32 (4.x) Maximum recommended for 5.0+: 100 |
TimeZoneControl
Note |
Changes to timezone parameters on pre-5.2, L-Series APU-102 require a reboot. Then reset the time if necessary and run “SHELL COMMIT” command to commit the changes to the protected partition. |
TimeZoneControl | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.TimeZone |
Required. Time zone of the APU-102's time. UTC minus this number of hours defines the standard time for the APU. This number has the opposite sign of the number you will find on world time zone maps. (For example Central Standard Time shows up as –6 on such maps). |
Up to 3 numeric. 4 = Atlantic 5 = Eastern 6 = Central (Default) 7 = Mountain 8 = Pacific -12 to 12 = Refer to world time zone map. |
.DSTEnable |
Required. Determines whether the APU-102 uses Standard Time only or whether adjustments are made for Daylight Savings Time. |
1 numeric. 0 = The APU-102 uses Standard Time only. Do not observe DST. 1 = The APU-102 will switch into and out of Daylight Savings Time at the correct time of the year. (Default) |
.ReferenceTimeZone |
Optional. Time zone location of host. Controls when DST changes are made. Required only if TimeZoneControl.DSTEnable is set to one. UTC minus this number of hours defines the standard time zone location when you want the change to occur. Typically set to the time zone of the consist host. This number has the opposite sign of the number you will find on world time zone maps. (For example Central Standard Time shows up as –6 on such maps). |
1 numeric. 4 = Atlantic 5 = Eastern 6 = Central (Default) 7 = Mountain 8 = Pacific -12 to 12 = Refer to world time zone map. |
.TimeSyncWithHost |
Optional. Synchronization with host. Note: The APU-102 needs to know when the host system is using daylight savings time and will adjust accordingly. Based on US standard DST rules, effective 2007. The time zone is read after host system date is read. The 1-character zone and 2-charater time are read in the following format: E (Eastern) C (Central) M (Mountain) P (Pacific) AND DT – Daylight Time ST – Standard Time |
1 numeric. 0 = No host time sync 1 = Session 1 host time sync (Default) 2 = Session 2 host time sync 3 = Session 3 host time sync 4 = Session 4 host time sync |
.TimeZoneMinutesFromUTC |
Optional. Time zone of the APU's time. UTC, with this number of minutes offset, defines the standard time for the APU. Required when .TimeZone is set to 13 for International Daylight Savings. (pre 5.1.1 Build 103) |
Up to 4 numeric. Range: -750 to +750 -240 = Atlantic -300 = Eastern -360 = Central (Default) -420 = Mountain -480 = Pacific +600 = Sydney |
DaylightSavings (APU software version 5.1.1 B103+)
DaylightSavings | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.CustomDSTRulesFileName |
Optional. TimezoneControl above handles setup for standard US time zone/Daylight Savings Time rules that became effective March 2007. New method for daylight savings rules other than US will be handled by a custom DST file (created as necessary by Comet Electronics). This change becomes effective with version 5.1.1, Build 103 or later. Former DaylightSavings parameters no longer apply. |
Up to 12 alphanumeric File name of DST rule set file Default: blank (follows US rules) e.g., MEX_DST.DAT for Mexico DST rule set. This is a custom file created by Comet Electronics as necessary. |
SysDiags (System Diagnostics)
SysDiags.PresenceLoop
SysDiags.PresenceLoop | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.MinAxles |
Required. Number of consecutive axles used to determine the present speed of the train. The range is from 1 to 7. A lower number will be more sensitive to changes in speed. |
1 numeric. Default: 3 Range: 1 – 7 Site evaluation required before setting below default. Refer to document 377-0004-00 for evaluation procedure. |
.LowSpeedThresh .HighSpeedThresh |
Required. Low speed threshold and high speed threshold. Used to determine if external presence is stuck. If the previous speed is less than LowSpeedThresh and the current speed is greater than HighSpeedThresh, the external presence will be disabled and the previous train will be processed. This action is taken because if the previous speed is slow enough and the current speed high enough they cannot belong to the same train. HighSpeedThresh is also used to timeout on its own. If the current speed is high enough the train can’t possibly stop between axles, the external presence will be disabled and train processed on timeout basis. |
Up to 3 numeric. Default: 4 (Low speed) 15 (High speed) Range: 1 - 100 (Low speed) 15 - 100 (High speed) |
Site evaluation required before changing from defaults. Refer to document 377-0004-00 for evaluation procedure. | ||
.PresTimeOutAboveSpeed |
Required. The speed above which a time limit will be used to determine the presence timeout interval. |
Up to 3 numeric. Default: 15 Range: 1 – 100 Site evaluation required before changing from defaults. Refer to document 377-0004-00 for evaluation procedure. |
.PresenceTimeoutSeconds |
Required. The maximum number of seconds presence will remain active if no axles are detected and the last known axle speed was above PresTimeOutAboveSpeed. |
Up to 4 numeric. Default: 30 Range: 1 - 3600 Site evaluation required before changing from default. Refer to document 377-0004-00 for evaluation procedure. |
.SecondsBetweenTrains |
Required. The minimum number of seconds between trains before presence can be forced inactive. If two trains are this close together, they will be considered one train even if LowSpeedThresh and HighSpeedThresh say otherwise. |
Up to 4 numeric. Default: 20 Range: 1 – 7200 Site evaluation required before setting below default. Refer to document 377-0004-00 for evaluation procedure. |
.ExcessPresencePeriod WarningTimeout |
Optional. The APU will send Presence Circuit Warning messages periodically (interval in minutes) as long as the presence input is active and there are no wheel events (or no wheel events since the last log message was issued). No over-ride is done; messaging only. If set to 0, this function is not active. |
Up to 4 numeric. Default: 0 Range: 0 – 1440 Version 5.10 Build 1+ Site evaluation required before setting. Refer to document 377-0004-00 for evaluation procedure. |
SysDiags.Antenna
SysDiags.Antenna | |||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) | |
.ConsecutiveTrains |
Required. The number of consecutive valid trains to be used when determining a failure or warning condition. If ConsecutiveTrains is 0, antenna failures will not be detected. |
Up to 2 numeric. Default: 1 Range: 1 - 25 | |
.MinTrainLength |
Required. The minimum number of cars required in the train for it to be considered a valid train. |
Up to 3 numeric. Default: 10 Range: 1 - 100 | |
.FatalTagPercent |
Required. If the percentage of valid tag pairs on the previous ConsecutiveTrains is less than FatalTagPercent, an Antenna Failure message will be generated. The tag percentage is determined by the total number of valid tag pairs/the total number of cars in the previous ConsecutiveTrains. |
Up to 3 numeric. Default: 1 Range: 1 - 100 | |
.WarningTagPercent |
Required. If the percentage of valid tag pairs on the previous ConsecutiveTrains is less than WarningTagPercent, an Antenna Warning message will be generated. The tag percentage is determined by the total number of valid tag pairs/the total number of cars in the previous ConsecutiveTrains. |
Up to 3 numeric. Default: 50 Range: 1 - 100 | |
|
|
|
|
|
SysDiags.WheelDet
SysDiags.WheelDet | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.ConsecutiveTrains |
Required. The number of consecutive times external presence became active and then went off. If this value is 0, transducer failures will not be detected. |
Up to 3 numeric. Default: 1 Range: 1 - 100 |
.MinValidTagPairs |
Required. The minimum number of valid tag pairs (matching tags, one from each antenna on opposite ends of the car). A Wheel Detector Failure message is generated if no wheels are detected and ConsecutiveTrains pass with fewer than MinValidTagPairs detected. |
Up to 3 numeric. Default: 3 Range: 1 – 100 |
.MinimumMismatchSpeed |
Required. The speed below which a train is not checked for mismatched A or B wheel events and, therefore, not reported as warnings or failures. If either the minimum, average, or maximum train speed drops below this speed in mph, the train will not be checked for mismatched wheel events. |
Up to 3 numeric. Default: 8 mph Range: 0-255 A value of 255 will disable both warnings and failures. |
.FailureMismatchPercent |
Required. The failure threshold in mismatched A or B events per hundred axles. If the number of A or B events exceeds the number of axles by this percentage, a Wheel Detector Failure message is logged. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 10 Range: 0-65535 Measured in mismatched events per 100 axles. A value of 65535 disables this feature. |
.WarningMismatchPercent |
Required. The warning threshold in mismatched A and B events per 100 axles. If the number of A or B events exceeds the number of axles by this percentage, a Wheel Detector Warning message is logged. |
Up to 5 numeric. Default: 0 Range: 0-65535 Measured in mismatched events per 100 axles. A value of 65535 disables this feature. |
DebugFlags
DebugFlags | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.HBDLogging |
Optional. Debug only. Logging of HBD interactions between the HBD and APU-102. |
1 numeric. 1 = Enabled 0 = Disabled (Default) |
.NetModemClientLogging |
Optional. Debug only. Logging of NetModem activity. Client side only. |
1 numeric. 1 = Enabled 0 = Disabled (Default) |
.NetModemServerLogging |
Optional. Debug only. Logging of NetModem activity. Server side only. |
1 numeric. 1 = Enabled 0 = Disabled (Default) |
.NetMenuLogging |
Optional. Debug only. Logging of NetMenu activity. |
1 numeric. 1 = Enabled 0 = Disabled (Default) |
.DistributedAEILogging |
Optional. Debug only. Logging of Distributed AEI activity. |
1 numeric. 1 = Enabled 0 = Disabled (Default) |
.ExtTempProbeLogging |
Optional. Debug only. Logging of External Temperature Probe activity. |
1 numeric. 1 = Enabled 0 = Disabled (Default) |
NetMenu
NetMenu.NetMenuItem1
NetMenu. NetMenuItem# | |||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) | |
.MenuOption#Name |
Optional. This is the name displayed on the Equipment Selection Screen. All units including the NetMenu Server must be identified. |
Up to 39 alphanumeric. Default: BLANK | |
.MenuOption#Enable |
Optional. Required if RemoteServer1is defined. |
1 numeric. 1 = Enabled 0 = Disabled (Default) | |
.IPAddressOrURL |
Optional. IP address or URL of the device named in .MenuOption#Name above |
Up to 39 alphanumeric. IP address or URL of NetModem Server Default: BLANK | |
.IPPort |
Optional. This is the port number used when accessing an IP Address or URL. Some examples are 23 for APU telnet and 1023 for HCP telnet. |
Up to 15 alphanumeric. TCP/IP port used for this process. Default = 23 | |
.PassThroughToPort |
Optional. Inbound connection redirected to specified port. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. AVI1PORT.DAT Reader port #1 AVI2PORT.DAT Reader port #2 AUX1PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #1 AUX2PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #2 Default = NONE | |
|
|
|
|
|
NetMenu.NetMenuSystem
NetMenu. NetMenuSystem | |||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) | |
.Enable |
Optional. Enables NetMenu system. Enable on NetMenu Server only (the APU-102 with the inbound telephone line connection). |
1 numeric. 1 = Enabled 0 = Disabled | |
|
|
|
|
|
SupportThreads
SupportThreads.DetectorSupportThread
SupportThreads.DetectorSupportThread | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.PortFile |
Optional. Port filename. Indicates the port on which external defect detectors communicate with the APU-102 to harvest Consist data. |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. Remote (modem) communications port $LOCPORT.DAT Local communications port AVI1PORT.DAT Reader port #1 AVI2PORT.DAT Reader port #2 AUX1PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #1 AUX2PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #2 ETHERNET.DAT Ethernet port Typically: AUX1PORT.DAT or AUX2PORT.DAT Default: NONE |
SupportThreads.GEMicroHBDSupportThread
SupportThreads.GEMicroHBDSupportThread | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.PortFile |
Optional. Port filename. Indicates the port on which the APU-102 communicates with the GE Micro Hot Box Detector |
Up to 29 alphanumeric. Remote (modem) communications port $LOCPORT.DAT Local communications port AVI1PORT.DAT Reader port #1 AVI2PORT.DAT Reader port #2 AUX1PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #1 AUX2PORT.DAT Auxiliary port #2 Typically: AUX1PORT.DAT or AUX2PORT.DAT Default: NONE |
.LoggerSwitch |
Optional. |
0 - Off. No data is logged. (Default) 1 - Status & Local activity messages are logged. 2 - Status & Local activity messages are logged. Channel communications are logged when recording a train. 3 - Everything is logged, all the time (uses lots of disk space). |
SupportThreads.NTPService
SupportThreads.NTPService | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
.Enable |
Optional. Enables NTP Service (Network Time Protocol). This feature allows the APU-102 to synchronize its clock with a network Time Server. It can use private time server or an Internet time server if it is reachable. |
1 numeric. 1 = Enabled 0 = Disabled |
.IPAddressOrHostName or .PrimaryIPAddressOrURL |
Optional. Required if NTP service is enabled. (Parameter name version dependent) IP address or URL |
Up to 39 alphanumeric. IP address or URL of NTP Server Default: BLANK |
.SecondaryIPAddressOrURL |
Optional. Secondary NTP service (version dependent). IP address or URL |
Up to 39 alphanumeric. IP address or URL of NTP Server Default: BLANK |
.IntervalInMinutes |
Optional. This is the interval in minutes to run the NTP time synchronization. APU-102’s time drift is minimal and many consists hosts provide time synchronization so frequent NTP updates are not necessary. Some NTP services will block access if excessive requests are made. |
Up to 5 Numeric Interval in minutes Recommended: 1440 = 24hrs Default: 0 |
MoreSessions (5.2+)
MoreSessions.Session# | ||
Parameter |
Description |
Valid Value(s) |
Session#.SiteInformation .SalutationMessage |
Optional. Entering a SiteInformationSalutationMessage will activate additional session. Setup is same for remainder of session information. Refer to section A.1 of this Appendix. A reboot is required to make active. |
Up to 39 alphanumeric. |
Filename Parameter Options
Acquisition.Reader Parameters
The following table lists alternative filename parameters for the Acquisition.Reader parameters:
Acquisition.Reader Parameters | ||
Parameter(s) |
Filename Option |
Hardware |
Acquisition.Reader1.IniFilename Acquisition.Reader2.IniFilename Acquisition.Reader3.IniFilename |
AI1200.INI |
Amtech AI1200 (default) |
AI1200RT.INI |
Amtech AI1200 Real-Time. Tags not buffered, but sent real-time to the APU-102 and external RDR port for input to wayside defect detectors. | |
AI1603A.INI |
Amtech AI160x SmartPass with Xpass board | |
AI9115.INI |
Amtech AI162x set at 911.5 MHz | |
AI9150.INI |
Amtech AI162x set at 915.0 MHz | |
AI9185.INI |
Amtech AI162x set at 918.5 MHz | |
AI9215.INI |
Amtech AI162x set at 912.5 MHz | |
AI9115E4.INI |
*Amtech E4 set at 911.5 MHz | |
AI9150E4.INI |
*Amtech E4 set at 915.0 MHz | |
AI9185E4.INI |
*Amtech E4 set at 918.5 MHz | |
AI9215E4.INI |
*Amtech E4 set at 912.5 MHz | |
*requires software version 5.1.1B104 for E4. Files may need to be uploaded to the APU-102. |
Ports.REMPORT Parameters
The following table lists alternative filename parameters for the Ports.REMPORT parameters:
Ports.REMPORT Parameters | ||
Parameter(s) |
Filename Option |
Hardware |
Ports.REMPORT.LinkIniFileName |
DT56K.INI |
DT4070-56 Modem (Version A or B; Multi-tech module) (default) |
DT56K_24.INI |
DT4070-56 Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 2400 baud | |
DT336.INI |
DT4070-33 Modem (Rockwell module) | |
DT336_96.INI |
DT4070-33 Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 9600 baud | |
DT336_24.INI |
DT4070-33 Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 2400 baud | |
MDM144S.INI |
DT4070 (14,400) Modem (Cermetek module) | |
M144-3.INI |
DT4070 (14,400) Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 300 baud | |
M144-12.INI |
DT4070 (14,400) Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 1200 baud | |
M144-24.INI |
DT4070 (14,400) Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 2400 baud | |
M144-48.INI |
DT4070 (14,400) Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 4800 baud | |
M144-96.INI |
DT4070 (14,400) Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 9600 baud | |
M144-144.INI |
DT4070 (14,400) Modem, forced maximum connection rate of 14400 baud | |
MCM2496M.INI |
WinSystems 2496 modem | |
MCM2400.INI |
WinSystems 2400 modem | |
MCM1414V.INI |
WinSystems 14400 modem | |
MODEM.INI |
Generic INI that will initialize all modems. May not report but can connect to APU | |
OP288.INI |
Externally installed Hayes Optima 28,800 modem |
Ports.Ethernet.DNSTableFilename Parameters
If url’s are used for outbound connections, the APU needs to know how to resolve the url to numeric IP’s so it can connect. If the APU is using DHCP, the DHCP server provides the DNS routing information. If a fixed IP is used, the DNS table gives the APU a list of DNS servers to use. The following is an example DNS Table File for Ports.Ethernet.DNSTableFilename parameter:
| 8.8.8.8 8.8.4.4 192.168.10.25 192.168.2.2 |
Example file: DNS.DAT
VIO.CFG (Virtual I/O Configuration file) example
There are numerous opto-isolated inputs and outputs available on the APU-102. Currently, the outputs are hard coded in the application. To make use of the inputs, the APU-102 Application software needs to know the connection and usage. This is done with the VIO.CFG (Virtual I/O Configuration file). There are 2 types of inputs available. ALARMS which act on specific TTL input level transitions (logic zero or one) and COUNTS which require multiple transitions to cause action. The VIO.CFG can contain both types. Either requires numeration and identification. The lines leading with semi-colons are comments and are ignored by the APU.
ALARMS#1 ;^ ^ ;| | ;| +--------------- Number of alarms ;+--------------------- Indicates how many alarms ; Must precede actual alarms ALARM#1,n"24VDC",i0,m40,a0,t5 ; AUX BLK 2 Pin 3 - Temp Probe ;^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ;| | | | | | | ;| | | | | | Ticks - Alarm must be active for this ;| | | | | | many 55 ms ticks. This value ;| | | | | | must be 19 or less. ;| | | | | | ;| | | | | Active - 0 = Active Low, 1 = Active High ;| | | | | ;| | | | Mask - One or two Hexadecimal digits ;| | | | - chooses which bit to alarm on. ;| | | | ;| | | Index - Chooses port. ;| | | 0 to 7 are standard APU hardware. ;| | | 8 or higher are configurable inputs. ;| | | ;| | Name - Up to 10 characters printed with number in error message 139 ;| | Example: 001 Bat Chargr ;| | :| Number - Printed with name in error message, as noted above. ;| Must be 255 or less. ;| ;Indicates alarm COUNTS#2, i3,m10,d1,t2, i0,m80,d1,t2 ; 1st=AUX BLK 1, pin 5,6 ;^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ , ^ ; 2nd=AUX BLK 2, pin 1,2 ;| | | | | | , +- Repeat as needed for 2nd counter ;| | | | | | ;| | | | | +- Threshold - Counts below this value are ignored. ;| | | | | This value should be greater than 0. ;| | | | +---- Debounce - Must stay high for this many 1.7ms ticks. ;| | | | This value should be greater than 0. ;| | | +-------- Mask - Hexadecimal - chooses which bit to count. ;| | +----------- Index - Chooses port. ;| | 0 to 7 are standard APU hardware. ;| | 8 or higher are configurable inputs. ;| | ;| +-------------- Number of counters ;+-------------------- Indicates counters ;Enable route reporting where site is installed at a switch with ;wheel detector on each route. Standard outputs from TDA-105 paralleled. ;One TTL output from each TDA-105 wired WDC and WDD ;Routes are : 0 - Wheel sensor C= TTL output from Route 0 TDA-105 ; 1 - Wheel sensor D= TTL output from Route 1 TDA-105 ;Available signals - Standard APU Hardware ; ; Block Pin Index Mask Standard Use ; --------- --- ----- ---- ------------------------ ; MAIN BLK 7 3 80 Presence ; MAIN BLK 15 3 40 Clock sync in ; ; AUX BLK 1 3 3 20 User defined bit ; AUX BLK 1 5 3 10 Wheel sensor C ; ; AUX BLK 2 1 0 80 Wheel sensor D ; AUX BLK 2 3 0 40 Temp probe ; AUX BLK 2 5 0 20 Tag valid reader 2 ant 1 ; AUX BLK 2 7 0 10 Tag valid reader 2 ant 0 |
Example file: VIO.CFG
FTP Host INI file example
FTP reporting requires a matching <basefile_name.INI> file for the AccessFilename, <basefile_name.ACC> specified for AEI or maintenance reporting. For example, SAMPLE.ACC for FTP requires SAMPLE.INI. Contact Comet Electronics for assistance in creating ACC and INI files.
[FTP] Host = 192.168.1.215 ;(or url, e.g., ftp.myftp.com) UserName = railnet Password = c0met Path = AEI Passive = yes ASCII = no ForceRemoteFileCheck = no LogFTPCommandFailures = no UseAlternateRemoteFilename = yes ;CustomRemoteFileName = Contact Comet Electronics for setup assistance. Mutually exclusive with UseAlternateRemoteFilename statement SendCommand1= SendCommand2= SendCommand3= SendCommand4= |
Example file: SAMPLE.INI to use with SAMPLE.ACC